Configuration-Mode Commands
Entering configuration mode
You can perform configuration tasks while in configuration mode. Only administrator users can perform configuration mode and enable mode commands. All commands available in user mode and enable mode are also available in configuration mode. Monitor users cannot perform configuration tasks.
To enter configuration-mode:
1.Connect to the CLI and enter the following commands:
login as: admin
Pulse Services Director
Last login: Wed Jan 20 13:02:09 2010 from 10.0.1.1
amnesiac > enable
amnesiac # configure terminal
amnesiac (config) #
You are now in configuration mode.
2.To exit configuration mode, enter exit. For information about the exit command, see ping
For an alphabetical list of Configuration-Mode commands, see the Contents page of this book.
Configuration-Mode Commands
The following section contains the Services Director commands.
For an alphabetical list of Configuration-Mode commands, see the Table of Contents for this guide.
access enable
Enables secure access to an appliance using an internal management Access Control List (ACL).
Syntax
[no] access enable
Usage Guidelines
Appliances are subject to the network policies defined by corporate security policy, particularly in large networks. Using an internal management ACL you can:
•restrict access to certain interfaces or protocols of an appliance.
•restrict inbound IP access to an appliance, protecting it from access by hosts that do not have permission without using a separate device (such as a router or firewall).
•specify which hosts or groups of hosts can access and manage an appliance by IP address, simplifying the integration of appliances into your network. You can also restrict access to certain interfaces or protocols.
This feature provides the following safeguards to prevent accidental disconnection from the appliance.
•It detects the IP address you are connecting from and displays a warning if you add a rule that denies connections to that address.
•It always allows the default appliance ports 7800, 7801, 7810, 7820, and 7850.
•It always allows a previously-connected appliance to connect and tracks any changes to the IP address of the CMC to prevent disconnection.
•It converts well-known port and protocol combinations such as SSH, Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, and SOAP into their default management service and protects these services from disconnection. For example, if you specify protocol 6 (TCP) and port 22, the management ACL converts this port and protocol combination into SSH and protects it from denial.
•It tracks changes to default service ports and automatically updates any references to changed ports in the access rules.
•You can also change the standard port for HTTPS (443) to match your management standards using web prefs log lines and web httpd listen enable.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # access enable
Related Commands
show access status, show access inbound rules
access inbound rule add
Adds a secure access inbound rule.
Syntax
[no] access inbound rule add [allow | deny] protocol protocol-number service service dstport port srcaddr ip-addr interface interface rulenum rulenum | [log [on | off] ] | [override]
Parameters
allow | deny
Specify the action on the rule:
•allow: Allows a matching packet access to the appliance. This is the default action.
•deny: Denies access to any matching packets.
protocol protocol-number
Specify all, icmp, tcp, udp, or protocol number (1, 6, 17) in IP packet header. The default setting is all.
service service
Optionally, specify the service name: http, https, snmp, ssh, soap, telnet
dstport port
Optionally, specify the destination port of the inbound packet.
You can also specify port ranges: 1000-30000
srcaddr ip-addr
Optionally, specify the source subnet of the inbound packet; for example, 1.2.3.0/24
interface interface
Optionally, specify an interface name: primary, aux, inpath0_0.
rulenum rulenum
Optionally, specify a rule number from 1 to N, start, or end.
The appliances evaluate rules in numerical order starting with rule 1. If the conditions set in the rule match, then the rule is applied, and the system moves on to the next packet. If the conditions set in the rule do not match, the system consults the next rule. For example, if the conditions of rule 1 do not match, rule 2 is consulted. If rule 2 matches the conditions, it is applied, and no further rules are consulted.
description
Optionally, specify a description to facilitate communication about network administration.
log [on | off]
Optionally, specify to track denied packets in the log. By default, packet logging is enabled.
override
Specify to ignore the warning and force the rule modification. If you add, delete, edit, or move a rule that could disconnect you from the appliance, a warning message appears. You can specify override to ignore the warning and force the rule modification. Use caution when you override a disconnect warning.
Usage Guidelines
The management ACL contains rules that define a match condition for an inbound IP packet. You set a rule to allow or deny access to a matching inbound IP packet. When you add a rule on the appliance, the destination specifies the appliance itself, and the source specifies a remote host.
The ACL rules list contains default rules that allow you to use the management ACL with the RiOS features PFS, DNS caching, and RSP. These default rules allow access to certain ports required by these features. The list also includes a default rule that allows access to the CMC. If you delete the default ACL rules for one of these features and need to restore it.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # access inbound rule add allow protocol tcp/udp
dstport 1234 srcaddr 10.0.0.1/16 interface primary rulenum 2
Related Commands
show access inbound rules, show access status
access inbound rule edit rulenum
Modifies a secure access inbound rule.
Syntax
[no] access inbound rule edit rulenum rulenum action [allow | deny] [protocol protocol-number service service dstport port | srcaddr subnet | interface interface |] | log [on | off] | [override]
Parameters
rulenum rulenum
Optionally, specify a rule number from 1 to N, start, or end.
appliances evaluate rules in numerical order starting with rule 1. If the conditions set in the rule match, then the rule is applied, and the system moves on to the next packet. If the conditions set in the rule do not match, the system consults the next rule. For example, if the conditions of rule 1 do not match, rule 2 is consulted. If rule 2 matches the conditions, it is applied, and no further rules are consulted.
action [allow | deny]
Specify the action on the rule:
allow
Allows a matching packet access to the appliance. This is the default action.
deny
Denies access to and logs any matching packets.
protocol protocol-number
Specify all, icmp, tcp, udp, or protocol number (1, 6, 17) in IP packet header. The default setting is all.
service service
Optionally, specify the service name: http, https, snmp, ssh, telnet
dstport port
Specify the destination port.
You can also specify port ranges: 1000-30000
srcaddr subnet
Specify the source subnet.
For the subnet address, use the format XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/XX.
interface interface
Specify the interface: primary, aux, inpath0_0
description
Optionally, specify a description to facilitate communication about network administration.
log [on | off]
Optionally, specify to enable or disable log in on this command.
override
Specify to ignore the warning and force the rule modification. If you add, delete, edit, or move a rule that could disconnect you from the appliance, a warning message appears. You can specify override to ignore the warning and force the rule modification. Use caution when overriding a disconnect warning.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # access inbound rule edit action allow dstport 1234 srcaddr 10.0.0.1/16 service http interface primary rulenum 2
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user, show access inbound rules, show access status
access inbound rule move
Moves a secure access inbound rule.
Syntax
[no] access inbound rule move rulenum to rulenum [override]
Parameters
rulenum rulenum
Specify a rule number from 1 to N, start, or end.
Appliances evaluate rules in numerical order starting with rule 1. If the conditions set in the rule match, then the rule is applied, and the system moves on to the next packet. If the conditions set in the rule do not match, the system consults the next rule. For example, if the conditions of rule 1 do not match, rule 2 is consulted. If rule 2 matches the conditions, it is applied, and no further rules are consulted.
override
Specify to ignore the warning and force the rule modification. If you add, delete, edit, or move a rule that could disconnect you from the appliance, a warning message appears. You can specify override to ignore the warning and force the rule modification. Use caution when overriding a disconnect warning.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # access inbound rule move 2 to 4
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user, show access inbound rules, show access status
alarm clear
Clears the specified alarm type.
Syntax
alarm type clear
Parameters
type
See alarm enable for a complete listing and description of alarm types.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the status of the specified alarm type. If you clear an alarm and the error condition still exists, the alarm might be triggered again immediately. If you need to clear an alarm permanently, use the no alarm enable command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # alarm secure_vault_unlocked clear
Related Commands
alarm clear-threshold
Sets the threshold to clear the specified alarm type.
Syntax
[no] alarm type clear-threshold threshold-level
Parameters
type
See alarm enable for a complete listing and description of alarm types.
threshold-level
Specify the threshold level. The threshold level depends on the alarm type, as do the possible values.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the threshold at which the alarm is cleared.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # alarm cpu_util_indiv clear-threshold 70
Related Commands
alarm enable
Enables the specified alarm.
Syntax
[no] alarm type enable
Parameters
type
The alarm type:
•autolicense_error: This alarm triggers on a virtual appliance when the Ivanti Licensing Portal cannot respond to a license request with valid licenses.
•autolicense_info: This alarm triggers if the Ivanti Licensing Portal has information regarding licenses for a virtual appliance.
•backup_generate_fail:
This alarm triggers when the generation of a Services Director backup fails.
•backup_transfer_fail:
This alarm triggers when the transfer of a generated Services Director backup fails.
•cpu_util_indiv: This alarm indicates whether the system has reached the CPU threshold for any of the CPUs in the system. If the system has reached the CPU threshold, check your settings. If your alarm thresholds are correct, reboot the appliance.
•flash_error: This alarm indicates that the system has detected an error with the flash drive hardware. At times, the USB flash drive that holds the system images might become unresponsive; the appliance continues to function normally. When this error triggers you cannot perform a software upgrade, as the appliance is unable to write a new upgrade image to the flash drive without first power cycling the system. To reboot the appliance, enter the reload command to automatically power cycle the appliance and restore the flash drive to its proper function.
•fs_mnt: This alarm indicates that one of the mounted partitions is full or almost full. The alarm is triggered when only 7% of free space is remaining.
•hardware: This alarm indicates the overall health of the hardware.
•ipmi: This alarm indicates that the system has detected an Intelligent Platform Management (IPMI) event. This alarm is not supported on all appliance models.
•license_expired: This alarm triggers if any feature has at least one license installed, but all of them are expired.
•license_expiring: This alarm triggers if one or more features is going to expire within two weeks. The license expiring and license expired alarms are triggered per feature; for example, if you install two license keys for a feature, LK1-FOOxxx (expired) and LK1-FOO-yyy (not expired), the alarms do not trigger, because the feature has one valid license.
•licensing: This alarm is the parent licensing alarm and triggers if any of the appliance_unlicensed alarms are active.
•link_duplex: This alarm is triggered when an interface was not configured for half-duplex negotiation but has negotiated half-duplex mode. Half-duplex significantly limits the optimization service results. This alarm is enabled by default.
•link_io_errors: This alarm is triggered when the link error rate exceeds 0.1% while either sending or receiving packets. This threshold is based on the observation that even a small link error rate reduces TCP throughput significantly. A properly configured LAN connection should experience very few errors. The alarm clears when the rate drops below 0.05%. This alarm is enabled by default.
•link_state:aux:half_duplex: Interface aux Half-Duplex.
•link_state:aux:io_errors: Interface aux Errors.
•link_state:aux:link_error: Interface aux Down.
•link_state:primary:half_duplex: Interface primary Half-Duplex.
•link_state:primary:io_errors: Interface primary Errors.
•link_state:primary:link_error: Interface primary Down.
•linkstate: This alarm indicates that the system has detected a link that is down. The system notifies you through SNMP traps, email, and alarm status. By default, this alarm is not enabled. The no alarm linkstate enable command disables the link state alarm.
•local_db_fail: Local Database Failure.
•local_ssc_fail: Local SSC Failure.
•master_password_fail: This alarm triggers when the Services Director is not running because the master password is corrupt/unavailable/waiting for user input.
•paging: This alarm indicates whether the system has reached the memory paging threshold. If 100 pages are swapped approximately every two hours the appliance is functioning properly. If thousands of pages are swapped every few minutes, then reboot the system. If rebooting does not solve the problem, contact Ivanti Support.
•peer_ssc_fail: Peer SSC Connectivity Failure.
•secure_vault: This alarm indicates a general secure vault error.
•secure_vault_unlocked: This alarm indicates whether the secure vault is unlocked. When the vault is unlocked, SSL traffic is not optimized and you cannot encrypt a data store.
•ssc_ha_event: hwCluster errors.
•ssl: This alarm indicates whether the system has detected an SSL error.
•sticky_staging_dir: This alarm indicates that the system has detected an error while trying to create a process dump.
•upgrade: This alarm indicates the status of an upgrade.
Usage Guidelines
Enabling alarms is optional.
The no command option disables all statistical alarms. The no alarm <type>enable command disables specific statistical alarms.
Examples
amnesiac # alarm hardware enable
Related Commands
alarm error-threshold
Sets a threshold to trigger an alarm.
Syntax
[no] alarm type error-threshold threshold-level
Parameters
type
See alarm enable for a complete listing and description of alarm types.
threshold-level
Specify the threshold level. The threshold level and possible values depend on the alarm type.
Usage Guidelines
The no version of the command resets the threshold to the default level.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # alarm cpu_util_indiv error-threshold 80
Related Commands
alarm rate-limit
Sets the alarm rate-limit values.
Syntax
alarm type rate-limit [email | snmp] term {long | medium | short} {count value | window duration-seconds}
Parameters
type
See alarm enable for a complete listing and description of alarm types.
Sets rules for email.
snmp
Sets rules for SNMP.
term
Sets the alarm event rate-limit term value. Valid choices are:
•long
•medium
•short
count value
Sets the count value. The default values are 50 (long), 20 (medium), and 5 (short).
window duration-seconds
Sets the duration of time, in seconds, that the window remains open. The default values are 604,800 (long), 86,400 (medium), and 3600 (short).
Usage Guidelines
There are three term values--long, medium, and short. Each has a window, which is a number of seconds, and a maximum count. If, for any term value, the number of alarm events exceeds the maximum count during the window, the corresponding email/SNMP notifications are not sent.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # alarm cpu_util_indiv rate-limit email term short window 30
Related Commands
alarms reset-all
Globally sets all alarms to their default settings.
Syntax
alarms reset-all
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to reset all the alarms to their default settings.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # alarms reset-all
All alarms reset to default settings
Related Commands
arp
Creates static ARP entries in the ARP table.
Syntax
[no] arp ip-addr MAC-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address of the appliance.
MAC-addr
Specify the MAC address.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables ARP static entries.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # arp 10.0.0.1 00:07:E9:55:10:09
Related Commands
authentication policy enable
Enables the authentication policy for account control.
Syntax
[no] authentication policy enable
Usage Guidelines
An authentication policy enables you to define a set of policies to enforce user login behavior and password strength. Passwords are mandatory when account control is enabled.
After you enable the authentication policy, the current passwords for all users expire. At the next login, each user is prompted to change their password, placing the new password under the account control authentication policy.
When account control is enabled and an administrator uses the username password 7 command, the password automatically expires. Because the encrypted password cannot be checked against the configured password policy, the user is prompted to change their password at login.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy enable
Related Commands
authentication policy login max-failures
Sets the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts before temporarily locking the user’s access to the appliance.
Syntax
[no] authentication policy login max-failures count [unlock-time seconds]
Parameters
count
Specify the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts before a temporary account lockout.
unlock-time seconds
Specify the number of seconds the system waits before the user can log in again after an account lockout. If this optional parameter is not specified, the unlock time defaults to 300 seconds.
Usage Guidelines
The no authentication policy login max-failures command resets the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts allowed to the default value, which is zero, indicating that the account lockout is disabled. This command takes no parameters.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy login max-failures 3
Related Commands
authentication policy password
Configures the authentication policy password settings for account control.
Syntax
[no] authentication policy password {change-days days | dictionary enable | difference count | expire days [warn] | length length | lock days | lower-case count | numeric count | repeat count | reuse-interval count | special count | upper-case count}
Parameters
change-days days
Specify the minimum number of days before which passwords cannot be changed.
dictionary enable
Prevents the use of any word found in the dictionary as a password.
difference count
Specify the minimum number of characters that must change between an old and new password. The default for the strong security template is 4.
If the authentication policy password difference <count> value is set to a value greater than zero, a non-administrator must specify the new and old passwords by entering the username password [old-password] command. Administrators are never required to enter an old password when changing an account password.
expire days
Specify the number of days the current password stays in effect. To set the password expiration to 24 hours, specify 0. To set the password expiration to 48 hours, specify 1. Specify a negative number to turn off password expiration.
length length
Specify the minimum password length. The default setting for the strong security template is 14 alphanumeric characters.
lock days
Specify the number of days before an account with an expired password locks.
lower-case count
Specify the minimum number of lowercase letters required in the password. The default for the strong security template is 1.
numeric count
Specify the minimum number of numeric characters required in the password. The default for the strong security template is 1.
repeat count
Specify the maximum number of times a character can occur consecutively.
reuse-interval count
Specify the number of password changes allowed before a password can be reused. The default for the strong security template is 5.
special count
Specify the minimum number of special characters required in the password. The default for the strong security template is 1.
upper-case count
Specify the minimum number of uppercase letters required in the password. The default for the strong security template is 1.
Usage Guidelines
Passwords are mandatory when account control is enabled. Passwords for all users expire as soon as account control is enabled. This behavior forces the user to create a new password that follows the password characteristics defined in the password policy.
When account control is enabled and an administrator uses the username password 7 command, the password automatically expires. Because the encrypted password cannot be checked against the configured password policy, the user is prompted to change their password at log in.
Empty passwords are not allowed when account control is enabled.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy password expire 60 warn 3
Related Commands
authentication policy template, username password, username password 7, show alarm
authentication policy template
Specify the authentication policy template for password policy configuration.
Syntax
authentication policy template {strong | basic}
Parameters
strong
Specifies the strong security policy template.
basic
Specifies the basic security policy template.
Usage Guidelines
The authentication policy template strong command sets the password policy to more stringent enforcement settings. Selecting this template automatically pre-populates the password policy with stricter settings commonly required by higher security standards, such as for the Department of Defense.
To remove the strong security template and return to the basic password policy, use the authentication policy template basic command.
When account control is enabled for the first time, the password policy is set to the basic template.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy template strong
amnesiac # show authentication policy
Authentication policy enabled: yes
Maximum unsuccessful logins before account lockout: 3
Wait before account unlock: 300 Seconds
Minimum password length: 14
Minimum upper case characters in password: 1
Minimum lower case characters in password: 1
Minimum numerical characters in password: 1
Minimum special characters in password: 1
Minimum interval for password reuse: 5
Minimum characters diff for password change: 4
Prevent dictionary words in password: yes
User passwords expire: 60 days
Warn user of an expiring password: 7 days before
User accounts with expired passwords lock: 305 days
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy template basic
amnesiac # show authentication policy
Authentication policy enabled: yes
Maximum unsuccessful logins before account lockout: none
Wait before account unlock: 300 Seconds
Minimum password length: 6
Minimum upper case characters in password: 0
Minimum lower case characters in password: 0
Minimum numerical characters in password: 0
Minimum special characters in password: 0
Minimum interval for password reuse: 0
Minimum characters diff for password change: 0
Prevent dictionary words in password: yes
User passwords expire: never
Warn user of an expiring password: 7 days before
User accounts with expired passwords lock: never
Related Commands
authentication policy user lock never
Configures the user account lock settings for account control management.
Syntax
[no] authentication policy user username lock never
Parameters
username
Specify the user login: admin, monitor, or shark.
Usage Guidelines
The authentication policy user lock never command prevents the user’s account from being locked after the password expires. This command is available only when account control is enabled.
The no authentication policy user lock never command allows the user account to be locked after the password expires.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy user admin lock never
Related Commands
authentication policy user login-failures reset
Resets a user account so the user can log in again.
Syntax
[no] authentication policy user username login-failures reset
Parameters
username
Specify the user login: admin, monitor, or shark.
Usage Guidelines
If a user account is locked because of a failed login count exceeding the configured value, the authentication policy user login-failures reset command resets the account so the user can log in again. This command resets the login count to zero, which is the default value.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # authentication policy user admin login-failures reset
Login failures cleared for user admin
Related Commands
banner login
Creates the system log in banner.
Syntax
[no] banner login message-string
Parameters
message-string
Specify the login banner message. Enclose the message in quotation marks.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the login banner.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # banner login "reminder: meeting today"
Related Commands
banner motd
Creates the system Message of the Day banner.
Syntax
[no] banner motd message-string
Parameters
message-string
Specify the login Message of the Day. Enclose the message in quotation marks.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the system Message of the Day banner.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # banner motd "customer visit today"
Related Commands
boot bootloader password
Sets the password for the bootloader.
Syntax
boot bootloader password { password | 0 password | 7 password }
Parameters
password
Specify a bootloader password in clear text. The password must be at least 6 characters. This option functions the same as the 0 <password> parameter and is provided for backward compatibility.
0 password
Specify a bootloader password in clear text.
7 password
Specify a bootloader password with an encrypted string. The encrypted string is the hash of the clear text password and is 35 bytes long. The first 3 bytes indicate the hash algorithm and the next 32 bytes are the hash values.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # boot bootloader password 0 182roy
amnesiac (config) # boot bootloader password 7 $1$qyP/PKii$2v9FOFcXB5a3emuvLKO3M
Related Commands
boot system
Boots the specified partition the next time the system is rebooted.
Syntax
boot system partition
Parameters
partition
Specify the partition to boot: 1 or 2
Examples
amnesiac (config) # boot system 1
Related Commands
cli clear-history
Clears the command history for the current user.
Syntax
cli clear-history
Examples
amnesiac (config) # cli clear-history
Related Commands
cli default auto-logout
Sets the keyboard inactivity time for automatic log out.
Syntax
[no] cli default auto-logout minutes
Parameters
minutes
Specify the number of minutes before log out occurs.
Usage Guidelines
To disable timeout:
cli default auto-logout 0
The no command option disables the automatic logout feature.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # cli default auto-logout 25
Related Commands
cli default paging enable
Sets the ability to view text one screen at a time.
Syntax
[no] cli default paging enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables paging.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # cli default paging enable
Related Commands
cli session
Sets CLI options for the current session only.
Syntax
[no] cli session {auto-logout minutes | paging enable | terminal length lines | terminal type terminal_type | terminal width number-of-characters}
Parameters
auto-logout minutes
Sets the number of minutes before the CLI automatically logs out the user. The default value is 15 minutes. The no command option disables the automatic logout feature.
paging enable
Sets paging. With paging enabled, if there is too much text to fit on the page, the CLI prompts you for the next page of text. The no command option disables paging.
terminal length lines
Sets the terminal length. The no command option disables the terminal length.
terminal type terminal_type
Sets the terminal type. The no command option disables the terminal type.
terminal width number-of-characters
Sets the terminal width. The no command option disables the terminal width.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables CLI option settings.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # cli session auto-logout 20
Related Commands
clock timezone
Sets the current time zone.
Syntax
clock timezone zone
Parameters
zone
Specify the time zone name: Africa, America, Antarctica, Arctic, Asia, Atlantic_Ocean, Australia, Europe, GMT-offset, Indian_Ocean, Pacific_Ocean, UTC.
Usage Guidelines
The default value is GMT-offset.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # clock timezone Africa
Related Commands
configuration copy
Copies a configuration file.
Syntax
configuration copy sourcename new-filename
Parameters
sourcename
Specify the name of the source file.
new-filename
Specify the name of the destination file.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration copy westcoast eastcoast
Related Commands
configuration delete
Deletes a configuration file.
Syntax
configuration delete filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the name of the configuration file to delete.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration delete westcoast
Related Commands
configuration factory
Creates a new configuration file.
Syntax
configuration factory filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the name of the destination file.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration factory eastcoast
Related Commands
configuration fetch
Downloads a configuration file over the network.
Syntax
configuration fetch URL,-scp://, or -ftp://username:password@hostname/path/filename | filename
Parameters
URL,-scp://, or -ftp://username:password@hostname/path/filename
Specify the location of the configuration file to download in URL, scp://, or ftp:// format.
filename
Create a new name for the configuration file.
Usage Guidelines
To copy one configuration file to another appliance:
•Fetch the configuration time from the remote:
configuration fetch <url-to-remote-config> <new-config-name>
•Activate the newly-fetched configuration
configuration switch-to <new-config-name>
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration fetch http://domain.com/westcoast newconfig
amnesiac (config) # configuration switch-to newconfig
Related Commands
configuration jump-start
Restarts a simple configuration wizard.
Syntax
configuration jump-start
Usage Guidelines
The configuration wizard lets you set five basic configuration parameters with a single command. Press Enter to accept the value displayed or enter a new value.
For a Services Director on the AWS platform, you can only set the hostname using the wizard.
Examples
*** Services Director on VMware and KVM ***
amnesiac (config) # configuration jump-start
Pulse Services Director configuration wizard.
Step 1: Hostname? [host-1234]
Step 2: Use DHCP on primary interface? [no]
Step 3: Primary IP address? [10.62.165.135]
Step 4: Netmask? [255.255.192.0]
Step 5: Default gateway? [10.62.128.1]
You have entered the following information:
1. Hostname: host-1234
2. Use DHCP on primary interface: no
3. Primary IP address: 10.62.165.135
4. Netmask: 255.255.192.0
5. Default gateway: 10.62.128.1
To change an answer, enter the step number to return to.
Otherwise hit <enter> to save changes and exit.
To continue setup, navigate your web browser to the address configured above
*** Services Director on AWS ***
amnesiac (config) # configuration jump-start
Pulse Services Director configuration wizard.
Step 1: Hostname? [host-5678]
You have entered the following information:
1. Hostname: host-5678
To change an answer, enter the step number to return to.
Otherwise hit <enter> to save changes and exit.
To continue setup, navigate your web browser to the address configured above
Related Commands
configuration merge
Merges common configuration settings from one system to another.
Syntax
configuration merge filename new-config-name
Parameters
filename
Name of file from which to merge settings.
new-config-name
Specify the new configuration name.
Usage Guidelines
Use the configuration merge command to deploy a network of appliances. Set up a template for your appliance and merge the template with each appliance in the network.
The following configuration settings are not merged when you run the configuration merge command: failover settings, SNMP SysContact and SysLocation, alarm settings, CLI settings, and all network settings (for example, hostname, auxiliary interface, DNS settings, defined hosts, static routing, and in-path routing).
The following configuration settings are merged when you run the configuration merge command: in-path, out-of-path, log settings, protocols, statistics, email, NTP and time, Web, and SNMP.
To merge a configuration file, run the following set of commands:
configuration write to <new-config-name>
;; this saves the current config to the new name and activates
;; the new configuration
configuration fetch <url-to-remote-config> <temp-config-name>
;; this fetches the configuration from the remote
configuration merge <temp-config-name>
;; this merges the fetched config into the active configuration
;; which is the newly named/created one in step 1 above
configuration delete <temp-config-name>
;; this deletes the fetched configuration as it is no longer
;; needed since you merged it into the active configuration
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration merge tempconfig
Related Commands
configuration move
Moves and renames a configuration file.
Syntax
configuration move sourcename destname
Parameters
sourcename
Specify the name of the source configuration file.
destname
Specify the name of the new configuration file.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration move westcoast eastcoast
Related Commands
configuration new
Creates a new, blank configuration file.
Syntax
configuration new new-filename | [keep licenses]
Parameters
new-filename
Specify the name of the new configuration file.
keep licenses
Creates a new configuration file with default settings and active licenses.
Usage Guidelines
Ivanti recommends that you use the keep licenses command option. If you do not keep licenses, your new configuration will not have a valid license key.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration new westcoast keep licenses
Related Commands
configuration revert keep-local
Reverts to the initial configuration but maintains some appliance-specific settings.
Syntax
configuration revert keep-local
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration revert keep-local
Related Commands
configuration revert saved
Reverts the active configuration to the last saved configuration.
Syntax
configuration revert saved
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration revert saved
Related Commands
configuration switch-to
Loads a new configuration file and makes it the active configuration.
Syntax
configuration switch-to filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the filename. The default filenames are:
•initial: Specify the initial configuration.
•initial.bak: Specify the initial backup configuration.
•cold: Specify the configuration file before SDR has occurred.
•working: Specify the current configuration.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration switch-to westcoast
Related Commands
configuration upload
Uploads the configuration file.
Syntax
configuration upload filename http,-ftp,-or-scp-URL-(e.g.-scp://username:password@host/path) | [active]
Parameters
filename
Specify the configuration filename.
http,-ftp,-or-scp-URL-(e.g.-scp://username:password@host/path)
Specify the HTTP, FTP, or scp URL.
active
Sets the uploaded file to the active configuration file.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration upload initial scp://test:MyPassword@example/tmp/
Related Commands
configuration write
Writes the current, active configuration file to memory.
Syntax
configuration write [to filename]
Parameters
to filename
Save the running configuration to a file.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # configuration write
Related Commands
debug generate dump
Generates a report you can use to diagnose misconfiguration in deployments.
Syntax
debug generate dump [full | brief | rsp | stats | all-logs | blockstore | blockstore-fifo] [upload url] ]
Parameters
full
Generate a full system dump.
brief
Generates a brief system dump.
rsp
Generate a full system dump, including VMware Server data.
stats
Generates a full system dump including .dat files.
all-logs
Generate a full system dump with .dat files and all logs.
blockstore
Generate a full system dump with .dat files, all logs, and blockstore phash.
blockstore-fifo
Generate a full system dump with .dat files, all logs, blockstore phash, and fifo.
upload url
Generate a full system dump upload to the specified URL.
Usage Guidelines
If the upload URL points to a directory on the upload server, you must specify the trailing slash "/". For example, "ftp://ftp.xxxxxxxx.com/incoming/" rather than "ftp://ftp.xxxxxxxx.com/incoming". The file name as it exists on the appliance is renamed to the file name specified in the URL.
After the dump generation, the upload is done in the background so you can exit the command-line interface without interrupting the upload process.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # debug generate dump brief
amnesiac (config) # debug generate dump upload ftp://ftp.xxxxxxxxx.com/incoming/
email autosupport enable
Enables automatic email notification of significant alarms and events to Ivanti Support.
Syntax
[no] email autosupport enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables automatic email notification.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email autosupport enable
Related Commands
email domain
Sets the domain for email notifications.
Syntax
[no] email domain hostname-or-ip-addr
Parameters
hostname-or-ip-addr
Specify the domain for email notifications (only if the email address does not contain it).
Usage Guidelines
Use the email domain command only if the email address does not contain the domain.
The no command option disables the email domain.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email domain example.com
Related Commands
email from-address
Sets the address from which email messages appear to come.
Syntax
[no] email from-address email-addr
Parameters
email-addr
Specify the full user name and domain to appear in the email "From:" address.
Usage Guidelines
Use the email from-address command to override the default email address used in outgoing email messages, do-not-reply@[hostname].[domainname].
The no command option disables the email address configured and returns to the default email address.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email from-address [email protected]
Related Commands
email mailhub
Sets the SMTP server for email notifications.
Syntax
[no] email mailhub hostname-or-ip-addr
Parameters
hostname-or-ip-addr
Specify the SMTP server for email notifications.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SMTP server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email mailhub mail-server.example.com
Related Commands
email mailhub-port
Sets the email port for email notifications.
Syntax
[no] email mailhub-port port
Parameters
port
Specify the email port for email notifications.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the email port.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email mailhub-port 135
Related Commands
email notify events enable
Enables email notification for events.
Syntax
[no] email notify events enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables email notification.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email notify events enable
Related Commands
email notify events recipient
Sets the email address for notification of events.
Syntax
[no] email notify events recipient email-addr
Parameters
email-addr
Specify the email address of the user to receive notification of events.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables email address for notification.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email notify events recipient [email protected]
amnesiac (config) # email notify events recipient [email protected]
Related Commands
email notify failures enable
Enables email notification of system failures, such as core dumps.
Syntax
[no] email notify failures enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables email notification.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email notify failures enable
Related Commands
email notify failures recipient
Enables email notification of system failures, such as core dumps.
Syntax
[no] email notify failures recipient email-addr
Parameters
recipient email-addr
Specify the email address of the user to receive notification of failures.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables email notification.
You must enter separate commands for each email address. Each command line accepts only one email address.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email notify failures recipient [email protected]
Related Commands
email send-test
Sends a test email to all configured event and failure recipients.
Syntax
email send-test
Usage Guidelines
You can also access this command from enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # email send-test
Related Commands
events max-age
Sets the maximum age for keeping history events.
Syntax
events max-age period
Parameters
period
Specify the time period to keep events:
•minute: Specifies one minute.
•hour: Specifies one hour.
•day: Specifies one day.
•week: Specifies one week.
•month: Specifies one month.
•year: Specifies one year.
•decade: Specifies ten years.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # events max-age month
Related Commands
events reset
Resets the history daemon and drop-event history tables.
Syntax
events reset
Examples
amnesiac (config) # events reset
Related Commands
file debug-dump delete
Deletes the specified debug dump file.
Syntax
file debug-dump delete filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the filename.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # file debug-dump delete mydumpfile.txt
Related Commands
file debug-dump email
Sends a debug dump file in email to pre-configured recipients.
Syntax
file debug-dump email filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the filename.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # file debug-dump email mydumpfile.txt
Related Commands
file debug-dump upload
Uploads the specified debug dump file.
Syntax
file debug-dump upload filename {ftp,-or-scp://username:password@host/path}
Parameters
filename
Specify the filename.
ftp, or scp URL (e.g.scp://username:password@host/path)
Specify the FTP or scp URL.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # file debug-dump upload mydebug.txt
scp://me:[email protected]/mypath
Related Commands
file process-dump delete
Deletes the specified crash dump file.
Syntax
file process-dump delete filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the filename.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # file process-dump delete mycrash.txt
Related Commands
file process-dump upload
Uploads the specified crash dump file.
Syntax
file process-dump upload filename {https,-http,-ftp,-or-scp-URL:-scp://username:password@hostname/path/filename | case-number}
Parameters
filename
Specify the filename.
https,-http,-ftp, or -scp URL: scp://username:password@hostname/path/filename
Specify the URL.
case-number
Specify the customer case number. The case number is a convenient and intuitive method to upload a crash dump file to Ivanti Technical Support without using a URL. Ivanti Technical Support recommends using a case number. The case number is a numeric string.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # file process-dump
upload mycrash.txt scp://mylogin:mypassword@myhostname/path/filename
amnesiac (config) # file process-dump upload mycrash.txt 194170
Related Commands
fips enable
Enables FIPS mode.
Syntax
[no] fips enable
Usage Guidelines
FIPS is a publicly announced set of validation standards developed by the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) for use by government agencies and by government contractors.
FIPS 140-2 is a technical and worldwide standard for the implementation of cryptographic modules. FIPS validation makes the appliance more suitable for use with government agencies that have formal policies requiring use of FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic software.
To achieve FIPS compliance on a Ivanti appliance, you must run a software version that includes the Riverbed Cryptographic Security Module (RCSM) v1.0, configure the system to run in FIPS operation mode, and adjust the configuration of any features that are not FIPS compliant.
The RCSM is validated to meet FIPS 140-2 Level 1 requirements. Unlike FIPS 140-2 Level 2 validation, which requires physical security mechanisms, Level 1 validates the software only.
For more information on the FIPS implementation, see the FIPS Administrator’s Guide.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # fips enable
amnesiac (config) # service restart
Related Commands
hardware watchdog enable
Enables the hardware watchdog, which monitors the system for hardware errors.
Syntax
[no] hardware watchdog enable
Examples
amnesiac (config) # hardware watchdog enable
Related Commands
hardware watchdog shutdown
Shuts down the hardware watchdog.
Syntax
hardware watchdog shutdown
Examples
amnesiac (config) # hardware watchdog shutdown
Related Commands
host-label
Configures host label settings.
Syntax
[no] host-label name {hostname hostname [subnet X.X.X.X/XX] | subnet X.X.X.X/XX [hostname hostname]}
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the host label.
•Host labels are case sensitive and can be any string consisting of letters, the underscore ( _ ), or the hyphen ( - ). There cannot be spaces in host labels. There is no limit on the number of host labels you can configure.
•To avoid confusion, do not use a number for a host label.
•Host labels that are used in QoS rules cannot be deleted.
•Host label changes (that is, adding and removing hostnames inside a label) are applied immediately by the rules that use the host labels that you have modified.
hostname hostname,-.-.-.
Specify a hostname or a comma-separated list of hostnames.
•Hostnames are case insensitive.
•You can configure a maximum of 100 unique hostnames across all host labels.
•A maximum of 64 subnets and hostnames per host label is allowed.
subnet X.X.X.X/XX,. . .
Specify an IPv4 subnet for the specified host label or a comma-separated list of IPv4 subnets. Use the format X.X.X.X/XX.
Usage Guidelines
Host labels are names given to lists of hosts (IP addresses, IP subnets, and hostnames) that you can specify to match the source and destination network when configuring QoS rules. For example, you can specify host labels to define a set of hosts for which QoS classification and QoS marking rules apply. You can configure a mixture of subnets and hostnames for each label. A maximum of 64 subnets and hostnames per host label is allowed. You can configure a maximum of 100 unique hostnames across all host labels.
Hostnames referenced in a host label are automatically resolved through a DNS. The system resolves them immediately after you add a new host label or after you edit an existing host label. The system also automatically re-resolves hostnames daily. If you want to resolve a hostname immediately, use the resolve host-labels command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # host-label test hostname xxxxxxxx.com,example.com subnet 192.168.0.1/32, 192.168.0.2/32,10.0.0.0/8
amnesiac (config) # qos basic classification global-app add global-app-name MyGlobalApp class-name Realtime vlan 1 traffic all srcport 123 srcnet test
Related Commands
hostname
Sets the hostname for this system.
Syntax
[no] hostname hostname
Parameters
hostname
Specify the hostname. Do not include the domain name.
Usage Guidelines
You cannot change the IP address of a Services Director when:
•the Services Director VA is running the Setup Wizard.
•the Services Director is already part of an HA pair.
The no command option removes the hostname for this appliance.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # hostname park
Related Commands
image boot
Boots the specified system image by default.
Syntax
image boot partition
Parameters
partition
Specify the partition to boot: 1 or 2.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # image boot 1
Related Commands
interface
Configures system interfaces.
Syntax
[no] interface interfacename options
Parameters
interfacename
Specify the interface name: lo, aux, lan0_0, wan0_0, primary, in-path0_0. The interface name varies according to the Ivanti product your are configuring. For example: primary, aux. For details, see the CLI online help.
options
Each interface has the following configuration options:
•arp: Adds static entries to the ARP cache - Configure the string of this interface.
•dhcp renew: Enables DHCP on the interface or renews DHCP. Setting DHCP on the auxiliary interface only provides an IP lease, and does not update the gateway, routes, and DNS settings.
•dhcp dynamicdns: Enables DHCP hostname registration with dynamic DNS.
•duplex speed: Specify the duplex speed: auto, full, half. The default value is auto.
•ip address ipaddr netmask: Specify the IP address and netmask for the interface.
•ipv6 address ipv6addr prefix-length: Specify the IPv6 address and prefix length for the interface. Your appliance can have both an IPv4 address and an IPv6 address. You can only configure one IPv6 address per in-path interface. For example: amnesiac (config) # interface primary ipv6 address 2001:38dc:52::e9a4:c5:6282 64
•mtu speed: Specify the MTU. The MTU is set on the in-path interface; it propagates automatically to the LAN and the WAN. The no command option disables the MTU setting. The default value is 1500.
•shutdown: Shuts down the interface.
•speed speed: Specify the speed for the interface: auto, 10, 100, 1000. The default value is 100.
Usage Guidelines
You cannot change the IP address of a Services Director when:
•the Services Director VA is running the Setup Wizard.
•the Services Director is already part of an HA pair.
The no command option disables the interface settings.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # no interface inpath0_0 fail-to-bypass enable
Related Commands
ip default-gateway
Sets the default gateway for the appliance.
Syntax
[no] ip default-gateway ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address of the management interface.
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to set the default gateway for the entire appliance. It is primarily used for the primary or auxiliary (aux) interfaces for management, but can also be used for out-of-path optimization configurations as well as PFS.
The no command option disables the default gateway IP address.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ip default-gateway 10.0.0.12
Related Commands
show interfaces, ipv6 default-gateway
ip domain-list
Adds a domain name to the domain list for resolving hostnames.
Syntax
[no] ip domain list domain
Parameters
domain
Specify the domain name.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option removes a domain from the domain list.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ip domain-list example.com
Related Commands
ip host
Adds an entry to the static host table.
Syntax
[no] ip host hostname ip-addr
Parameters
hostname
Specify the hostname.
ip-addr
Specify the IP address.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option removes an entry from the static host table.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ip host park 10.10.10.1
Related Commands
ipv6 default-gateway
Configures a default IPv6 route.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 default-gateway ipv6-address
Parameters
ipv6-address
Specify the IPv6 address.
Usage Guidelines
Support for IPv6 is enabled by default. The no command option removes the default gateway for IPv6 routing.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ipv6 default-gateway 2001:38dc:52::e9a4:c5:6282
Related Commands
ipv6 in-path-gateway
Configures an in-path IPv6 default gateway.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 in-path-gateway interface ipv6-address
Parameters
interface
Specify the interface.
ipv6-address
Specify the IPv6 address of the in-path gateway.
Usage Guidelines
Support for IPv6 is enabled by default. The no command option deletes the in-path default gateway for IPv6 routing.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ipv6 in-path-gateway inpath0_0 2001:38dc:52::e9a4:c5:6282
Related Commands
ipv6 route, ipv6 default-gateway
ipv6 route
Adds IPv6 routes in addition to the default gateway, if needed.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 route IPv6-destination prefix-length gateway
Parameters
IPv6-destination
Specify the IPv6 address.
prefix-length
Specify the IPv6 prefix length.
gateway
Specify the IPv6 address of the gateway.
Usage Guidelines
Support for IPv6 is enabled by default. The no command option removes the specified IPv6 route.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ipv6 route 2001:38dc:52::e9a4:c5:6282 64 2001:38dc:52::1
Related Commands
show email, ipv6 default-gateway
ip name-server
Adds a DNS name server.
Syntax
[no] ip name-server ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the name server IP address.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option removes a DNS name server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ip name-server 10.10.10.1
Related Commands
ip route
Adds a static route.
Syntax
[no] ip route network-prefix netmask netmask-length next-hop-ip-addr
Parameters
network-prefix
Specify the network prefix.
netmask
Specify the netmask. For example: 255.255.255.0
netmask-length
Specify the netmask length. For example: /24
next-hop-ip-addr
Specify the next hop IP address.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the static route. If no ip route is run with only a network prefix and mask, it deletes all routes for that prefix.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ip route 192 193.166.0/24 10.10.10.1
Related Commands
job command
Schedules CLI command execution for a specified time in the future.
Syntax
[no] job job-id command sequence-# "cli-command"
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
sequence-#
Specify the sequence number for job execution. The sequence number is an integer that controls the order in which a CLI command is executed. CLI commands are executed from the smallest to the largest sequence number.
"cli-command"
Specify the CLI command. Enclose the command in double-quotes.
Usage Guidelines
A job includes a set of CLI commands and a time when the job runs. Jobs are run one time only, but they can be reused.
Any number of CLI commands can be specified with a job and are executed in an order specified by sequence numbers. If a CLI command in the sequence fails, no further commands in the job are executed. A job can have an empty set of CLI commands.
The output of all commands executed are viewable after job execution by running the show job <job-id> command. The output of each job is only available for the last run; it is re-written upon each execution.
The job output and any error messages are saved. Jobs can be canceled and rescheduled.
The no job <job-id> command <sequence #> command option deletes the CLI command from the job.
The no job <job-id> command option removes all statistics associated with the specified job. If the job has not executed, the timer event is canceled. If the job was executed, the results are deleted along with the job statistics.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 command 1 "show info"
amnesiac (config) # job 10 command 2 "show connections"
amnesiac (config) # job 10 command 3 "show version"
Related Commands
job comment
Adds a comment to the job for display when show jobs is run.
Syntax
[no] job job-id comment "<comment>"
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
comment "<comment>"
Specify the comment for the job. Enclose the description in double-quotes.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option deletes the comment.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 "comment this is a test"
Related Commands
job date-time
Sets the date and time for the job to execute.
Syntax
[no] job job-id date-time hh: mm: ss | yyyy/ mm/ dd
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
hh: mm: ss
Specify the time for the job to execute.
yyyy/ mm/ dd
Specify the date for the job to execute.
Usage Guidelines
If the time specified is in the past, the job does not execute and is in the inactive state.
The no command option disables the date and time settings.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 date-time 04:30:23
Related Commands
job enable
Enables a CLI command job to execute at the date and time specified in the job.
Syntax
[no] job job-id enable
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables jobs.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 enable
Related Commands
job execute
Forces an immediate execution of a job. The timer (if set) is canceled, and the job is moved to the completed state.
Syntax
job job-id execute
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
Usage Guidelines
You can also access this command from enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 execute
Related Commands
job fail-continue
Executes all commands in a job even if a command in the sequence fails.
Syntax
[no] job job-id fail-continue
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 fail-continue
Related Commands
job name
Sets the name for the job.
Syntax
[no] job job-id name friendly-name
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
friendly-name
Specify a name for the job.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option deletes the job name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 name myjob
Related Commands
job recurring
Sets the frequency with which to recurrently execute this job.
Syntax
[no] job job-id recurring seconds
Parameters
job-id
Specify the job identification number.
seconds
Specify how frequently the recurring job should execute.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # job 10 recurring 36000
Related Commands
license client fetch
Forces the license client to update immediately.
Syntax
license client fetch
Usage Guidelines
If there is a change in your account (such as if Ivanti has given you an extra license), and the change will be updated whenever the license client runs next, but you want to force it to run immediately, then you can use the license client fetch command.
Examples
amnesiac # license client fetch
license client init
Initializes the license client.
Syntax
license client init license-number
Parameters
license-number
Specify the license number.
Usage Guidelines
The license client communicates with the license server. It has two main functions:
•It periodically contacts the license server and checks out and renews the license or lease.
•It enables you to query available features, licenses and other metadata such as serial number.
You can configure the license client to communicate with the license server at the company headquarters or the local license server.
The no command option deletes the one-time token or license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # license client init 4
Related Commands
license delete
Deletes the specified license key.
Syntax
license delete license-number
Parameters
license-number
Specify the license number.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # license delete 4
Related Commands
license install
Installs a new software license key.
Syntax
[no] license install license-key
Parameters
license-key
Specify the license key.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # license install SH10_B-0000-1-7F14-FC1F
Related Commands
license server
Adds a license server.
Syntax
[no] license server hostname [port number] [priority number]
Parameters
hostname
Specify the hostname of the computer that contains the license server.
port number
Optionally, specify the port number on which the license server is listening. The default is port 80.
priority number
Specify the order in which the license server is added. 0 is the highest priority and 9 is the lowest priority. The default priority is 9.
Usage Guidelines
The license server provides licenses to Services Director.
The no command option deletes the license server specified.
The default license server is the server hosted at Ivanti headquarters.
The no license server <hostname> priority command resets the priority in which the specified license server is added to the default value (9 is the lowest priority).
The no license server <hostname> port command resets the license server port to the default port.
Examples
*** create license server, no feedback ***
amnesiac (config) # license server MyLicenseServer port 88 priority 1
*** list license servers to confirm creation***
amnesiac (config) # show license-servers
Server Name Port Priority
--------------- --------------- ---------------
MyLicenseServer 88 1
Related Commands
logging
Adds a remote system log (syslog) server to the system.
Syntax
[no] logging ip-addr | [trap log-level]
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address for the syslog server.
trap log-level
Specify the trap log level of the syslog server:
•emerg: Emergency, the system is unusable.
•alert: Action must be taken immediately.
•critical: Critical conditions.
•err: Error conditions.
•warning: Warning conditions.
•notice: Normal but significant conditions, such as a configuration change. This is the default setting.
•info: Informational messages.
Usage Guidelines
If you have set different log levels for each remote syslog server, this option changes all remote syslog servers to have a single log level.
The no command option removes a remote syslog server from the system.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging 10.0.0.2
Related Commands
logging files delete
Deletes the oldest log file or a specified number of the oldest log files.
Syntax
logging files delete oldest number
Parameters
oldest number
Specify the number of old log files to delete. The range is 1-10.
Usage Guidelines
You can also access this command from enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging files delete oldest 10
Related Commands
logging files rotation criteria frequency
Sets the frequency of log rotation.
Syntax
logging files rotation criteria frequency rotation-frequency
Parameters
rotation-frequency
Specify how often log rotation occurs: monthly, weekly or daily. The size of the log file is checked every 10 minutes.
Usage Guidelines
The size of the log file is checked every 10 minutes. If there is an unusually large amount of logging activity, it is possible for a log file to grow larger than the set limit in that period of time.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging files rotation criteria frequency weekly
Related Commands
logging files rotation criteria size
Sets the size, in MB, of the log file before rotation occurs.
Syntax
logging files rotation criteria size size
Parameters
size
Specify the size of the log file to save in MB. The default value is 0 (unlimited).
Usage Guidelines
The size of the log file is checked every 10 minutes. If there is an unusually large amount of logging activity, it is possible for a log file to grow larger than the set limit in that period of time.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging files rotation criteria size 100
Related Commands
logging files rotation force
Rotates logs immediately.
Syntax
logging files rotation force
Usage Guidelines
The size of the log file is checked every 10 minutes. If there is an unusually large amount of logging activity, it is possible for a log file to grow larger than the set limit in that period of time.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging files rotation force
Related Commands
logging files rotation max-num
Sets the maximum number of log files to keep locally.
Syntax
logging files rotation max-num number
Parameters
number
Specify the number of log files to keep locally. The range is 1-100. The default value is 10.
Usage Guidelines
The size of the log file is checked every 10 minutes. If there is an unusually large amount of logging activity, it is possible for a log file to grow larger than the set limit in that period of time.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging files rotation max-num 10
Related Commands
logging filter
Sets the minimal level of messages arriving from the specified process to the local subsystem.
Syntax
logging filter process level
Parameters
process
Specify the application process:
•alarmd: Alarm control and management.
•cli: Command-Line Interface.
•mgmtd: Device control and management, which directs the entire device management system. It handles message passing between various management daemons, managing system configuration and general application of system configuration on the hardware underneath through the hald.
•hald: Hardware Abstraction Daemon, which handles access to the hardware.
•pm: Process Manager, which handles launching of internal system daemons and keeps them up and running.
•sched: Process Scheduler, which handles one-time scheduled events.
•rscored: REST Core Services.
•rstild: REST Translation Interface.
•ssc: Stingray Services Director.
•statsd: Statistics Collector, which handles queries and storage of system statistics.
•wdt: Watchdog Timer, the motherboard watchdog daemon.
•webasd: Web Application Process, which handles the Web user interface.
level
Specify the trap log level:
•emerg: Emergency, the system is unusable.
•alert: Action must be taken immediately.
•critical: Critical conditions.
•err: Error conditions.
•warning: Warning conditions.
•notice: (Default) Normal but significant conditions, such as a configuration change.
•info: Informational messages.
If you have set different log levels for each remote syslog server, this option changes all remote syslog servers to have a single log level.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to capture data when a appliance is not able to sustain the flow of logging data that is being committed to disk.
This command overrides the logging local command. This command creates a global setting that controls all output, including remote hosts.
All CIFS protocol related messages are logged at level debug, and the remainder at the level notice.
All remote logging hosts (if defined) also log at logging trap setting and at the logging filter process.
The no logging filter all command deletes all filters.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging filter cli alert
Related Commands
logging local
Sets the minimum severity of log messages saved on the local syslog servers.
Syntax
[no] logging local log-level
Parameters
log-level
Specify the logging severity level. The follow severity levels are supported:
•emerg: Emergency, the system is unusable.
•alert: Action must be taken immediately.
•crit: Critical conditions.
•err: Error conditions.
•warning: Warning conditions.
•notice: (Default) Normal but significant conditions, such as a configuration change.
•info: Informational messages.
The default value is notice.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option sets the severity level for logging to none (no logs are sent).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging local notice
Related Commands
logging trap
Sets the minimum severity for messages sent to the remote syslog servers.
Syntax
[no] logging trap log-level
Parameters
log-level
Specify the logging severity level. The follow severity levels are supported:
•emerg: Emergency, the system is unusable.
•alert: Action must be taken immediately.
•crit: Critical conditions.
•err: Error conditions.
•warning: Warning conditions.
•notice: (Default) Normal but significant conditions, such as a configuration change.
•info: Informational messages.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option sets the severity level for logging to none.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # logging trap notice
Related Commands
ntp authentication
Configures the Network Time Protocol (NTP) authentication settings to authenticate NTP servers and peers.
Syntax
[no] ntp authentication key key-id secret {plaintext | 0 plaintext | 7 encrypted-string}
Parameters
key key-id
Specify the key identifier. The key ID values must be in the range 1 - 65534.
secret {plaintext | 0 plaintext | 7 encrypted-string}
Specify the shared secret parameter. Choose one of the following:
•plaintext: Specify a shared secret in plain text. This option is the same as the 0 <plaintext> option and is provided for backward compatibility.
•0 plaintext: Specify a shared secret in plain text.
•7 encryptedstring: Specify a shared secret with an encrypted string.
Usage Guidelines
The no version of the command removes NTP authentication settings.
NTP authentication involves three steps that you can perform in any order:
•Configure a key ID using the ntp authentication command.
•Add the configured key ID to the trusted keys list using the ntp authentication trusted-keys command.
•Configure the NTP server or peer with the key ID using the ntp server key or ntp peer key command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp authentication key 56732 secret zza419
Related Commands
ntp authentication trusted keys, ntp peer key, ntp server key, show ntp, show ntp authentication
ntp authentication trusted keys
Adds a configured key ID to the trusted keys list.
Syntax
[no] ntp authentication trustedkeys key-id [key id, ...]
Parameters
key key-id [key id, ...]
Specify the key identifier. The key ID values must be in the range 1 - 65534. You can specify multiple key IDs in the same list, separated by commas. When specifying multiple key IDs separated by commas, you must enclose them in quotes.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add the configured key ID to the trusted keys list.
The no command removes a key from the trusted key list.
•NTP authentication involves three steps that you can perform in any order:
•Configure a key ID using the ntp authentication command.
•Add the configured key ID to the trusted keys list using the ntp authentication trusted-keys command.
•Configure the NTP server or peer with the key ID using the ntp server key or ntp peer key command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp authenticatication trustedkeys 56732
Related Commands
ntp authentication, ntp peer key, ntp server key, show ntp, show ntp authentication
ntp disable
Disables NTP support.
Syntax
[no] ntp disable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option enables NTP support.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp disable
Related Commands
ntp enable
Enables NTP support.
Syntax
[no] ntp enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables NTP support.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp enable
Related Commands
ntp peer
Enables an NTP peer.
Syntax
[no] ntp peer hostname | ip-addr [ version number ]
Parameters
hostname | ip-addr
Specify the NTP peer hostname or IP address.
version number
Specify the NTP version number. You do not need to specify the version number for the no ntp server command.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables an NTP peer.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp peer 10.10.10.1
Related Commands
show ntp, show ntp active-peers
ntp peer key
Configures an NTP peer with an authentication key ID.
Syntax
[no] ntp peer host-name | ip-addr key key-id
Parameters
hostname | ip-addr
Specify the NTP peer hostname or IP address.
key key-id [key id, ...]
Specify the key identifier. The key ID values must be in the range 1 - 65534. You can specify multiple key IDs in the same list, separated by commas. When specifying multiple key IDs separated by commas, you must enclose them in quotes.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option removes the authentication key from the NTP peer configuration.
NTP authentication involves three steps that you can perform in any order:
•Configure a key ID using the ntp authentication command.
•Add the configured key ID to the trusted keys list using the ntp authentication trusted-keys command.
•Configure the NTP server or peer with the key ID using the ntp server key or ntp peer key command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp peer 10.10.10.1 key 56732
Related Commands
show ntp, show ntp active-peers
ntp server
Configures an NTP server with the default NTP version number or with a specified version number.
Syntax
[no] ntp server hostname | ip-addr | [version number]
Parameters
hostname | ip-addr
Specify the hostname or IP address of the NTP server to synchronize with.
version number
Specify the NTP version number of this server. You do not need to specify the version number for the no ntp server command.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option removes an NTP server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp server 10.10.10.1
Related Commands
show ntp, show ntp active-peers
ntp server enable
Enables an NTP server.
Syntax
[no] ntp server [ hostname | ip-addr ] enable
Parameters
hostname | ip-addr
Specify the hostname or IP address of the NTP server.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option removes an NTP server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp server companyserver enable
Related Commands
ntp server key
Configures an NTP server with an authentication key ID.
Syntax
[no] ntp server hostname | ip-addr key key-id
Parameters
hostname | ip-addr
Specify the hostname or IP address of the NTP server to authenticate.
key key-id
Specify the key identifier. The key ID values must be in the range 1 - 65534.
Usage Guidelines
The no version of the command removes the authentication key from the NTP server.
NTP authentication involves three steps that you can perform in any order:
•Configure a key ID using the ntp authentication command.
•Add the configured key ID to the trusted keys list using the ntp authentication trusted-keys command.
•Configure the NTP server or peer with the key ID using the ntp server key or ntp peer key command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ntp server companyserver key 56732
Related Commands
ntp authentication, ntp authentication trusted keys, ntp peer key, show ntp authentication
papi rest access_code import
Imports an existing REST access code.
Syntax
[no] papi rest access_code import desc description data data
Parameters
desc description
Describe how the access code will be used.
data data
Copy and enter the raw data output generated by the papi rest access_code generate command on a peer appliance.
Usage Guidelines
Use the papi rest access_code import command to import access codes generated by another appliance so that a client can use the same access code to communicate through the REST API to multiple appliances.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # papi rest access_code import desc cascadeflow data <data>
Related Commands
remote dhcp
Enables DHCP on the remote management port.
Syntax
remote dhcp
Examples
amnesiac (config) # remote dhcp
Related Commands
remote ip address
Manually sets the IP address of the remote management port.
Syntax
remote ip address ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address to assign to the remote management port.
Usage Guidelines
Access to the appliance through the remote port requires the use of the IPMI tool utility. You can download a Linux version at http://sourceforge.net/projects/ipmitool/files/. You can obtain a Windows version of the IPMI tool on the Document CD that ships with your system or from Ivanti Support.
This utility must to be run on an administrator's system outside of the appliance to access the remote port functions. Check the man page for IPMItool for a full list of capabilities (although not all the commands are supported on RiOS hardware platforms).
To configure the remote management port:
•Physically connect the REMOTE port to the network. You cable the remote management port to the Ethernet network in the same manner as the Primary interface.
•Install the IPMItool on the client machine.
•Assuming the IP address is 192.168.100.100, the netmask is 255.255.255.0, and the default gateway is 192.168.100.1, assign an IP address to the remote management port:
amnesiac (config) # remote dhcp
- or -
amnesiac (config) # remote ip address 192.168.100.100
amnesiac (config) # remote ip netmask 255.255.255.0
amnesiac (config) # remote ip default-gateway 192.168.100.1
•Verify the IP address is set properly.
amnesiac (config) # show remote ip
Ping the new management IP address from a remote computer, and verify it replies.
To secure the remote port, assign a password to the port:
amnesiac (config) # remote password <newpassword>
Set the remote port bit-rate to match the current serial port bitrate. Typically, this value is 9.6.
amnesiac (config) # remote bitrate 9.6
To activate the serial connection:
ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.100.100 -P "<password>" sol activate
Press the Tilde character (~) to end the serial connection.
While your serial connection is established, the actual serial console is disabled. Ending the remote serial connection cleanly with Tilde (~) re-enables the real serial port. If you fail to exit cleanly your actual serial port might not reactivate. If your serial port fails to reactivate, reconnect remotely and exit cleanly using Tilde (~).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # remote ip address 192.168.100.100
Related Commands
remote ip default-gateway
Manually sets the default gateway of the remote management port.
Syntax
remote ip default-gateway ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address of default gateway to assign to remote management port.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # remote ip default-gateway 10.0.0.2
Related Commands
remote ip netmask
Manually sets the subnet mask of the remote management port.
Syntax
remote ip netmask netmask
Parameters
netmask
Specify the subnet mask to assign to the remote management port.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # remote ip netmask 255.255.255.0
Related Commands
remote password
Sets the password to remotely connect to the remote management port.
Syntax
[no] remote password password
Parameters
password
Specify the password to connect to the remote management port.
Usage Guidelines
To set a remote management port password:
•On the appliance, assign a password to the remote management port:
amnesiac (config) # remote password TestPassword
•Using the IPMItool on a remote computer, view the power status of the appliance. If you are using the Windows version of IPMItool, replace all references to ipmitool with ipmitool.exe.
ipmitool -H <remote port ip address> -P "testpassword" chassis power status
The displayed output should state Chassis Power is on.
You can download a Linux version at http://sourceforge.net/projects/ipmitool/files/. You can obtain a Windows version of the IPMI tool on the Document CD that ships with your system or from Ivanti Support.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # remote password TestPassword
Related Commands
resolve host-labels
Forces the system to resolve host labels immediately.
Syntax
resolve host-labels
Usage Guidelines
You can use the resolve host-labels command to force a resolve operation instead of waiting for the daily automatic resolve instance. Every time this command is executed, the next automatic resolve instance is reset to occur 24 hours later.
Examples
amnesiac # resolve host-labels
Related Commands
secure-vault
Manages the secure vault password and unlocks the secure vault.
Syntax
secure vault new-password password | reset-password old-password | unlock password
Parameters
new-password password
Specify an initial or new password for the secure vault.
reset-password old-password
Specify the old secure vault password to reset it.
unlock password
Specify the current password to unlock the secure vault.
Usage Guidelines
The secure vault is an encrypted file system on the appliance where all SSL server settings, other certificates (the CA, peering trusts, and peering certificates) and the peering private key are stored. The secure vault protects your SSL private keys and certificates when the appliance is not powered on.
You can set a password for the secure vault. The password is used to unlock the secure vault when the appliance is powered on. After rebooting the appliance, SSL traffic is not optimized until the secure vault is unlocked with the unlock <password> parameter.
Data in the secure vault is always encrypted, whether or not you choose to set a password. The password is used only to unlock the secure vault.
To change the secure vault password:
•Reset the password with the reset-password <password> parameter.
•Specify a new password with the new-password <password> parameter.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # secure-vault unlock mypassword
show ssc access-profile
Displays details for a specified access profile. An access profile is used for vTM user authentication only.
Syntax
show ssc access-profile access-profile-name access-profile-name
Parameters
access-profile-name
Specify the name of the required access profile.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "LDAP All"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | LDAP All |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-ZRVA-MXIE-MI92-U787 |
| Authenticator | LDAP Server |
| Permission Groups | admin |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc access-profile add-perm-group, ssc access-profile create access-profile-name, ssc access-profile list, ssc access-profile remove-perm-group, ssc access-profile update access-profile-name
show ssc analytics-profile
Displays details for a specified analytics profile. This is used for vTM analytics purposes.
Syntax
show ssc analytics-profile id
Parameters
id
Specify a unique identifier for the analytics profile, either its tag or UUID.
Examples
*** list all analytics profiles ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+----------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR | Event |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+----------------+
*** show details for a specific analytics profile ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc analytics-profile id "Event + System"
+---------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| tag | Event + System |
| enable_transaction_export | True |
| vtm_logs_to_export | Event Log, System - authentication log |
| analytics_profile_id | Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J |
+---------------------------+----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc analytics-profile create, ssc analytics-profile delete, ssc analytics-profile list, ssc analytics-profile update
show ssc app-template
Displays details for a specified application template.
Syntax
show ssc app-template template-name template-id
Parameters
template-id
Specify a unique identifier for the application template, either its tag or UUID.
Examples
*** list all application templates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template list
+----------------------------+
| Templates |
+----------------------------+
| Http Service Template__1.0 |
+----------------------------+
*** show details for a specific application template ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc app-template template-name "Http Service Template__1.0"
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------...
| Field | Value
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------...
| description | Load balance a http service
| required_features | [u'']
| children | None
| name | Http Service Template
| parameters | [
| | {
| | "name": "Specify the back-end nodes",
| | "parameters": [
| | {
| | "default": [
| | "127.0.0.1:80",
| | "127.0.0.2:80"
| | ],
| | "description": "Please enter the hostname and ...
| | "name": "pool_nodes",
| | "type": "array"
| | }
| | ]
| | },
| | {
| | "name": "Specify the service",
| | "parameters": [
| | {
| | "default": "Service Name",
| | "description": "A brief name to identify the ...
| | "name": "instance_name",
| | "type": "string"
| | },
| | {
| | "default": 80,
| | "description": "Please specify a port for the ...
| | "name": "public_port",
| | "type": "number"
| | }
| | ]
| | }
| | ]
| author | Nick Davidson and Paul Carroll
| min_vtm_version | 18.2
| version | 1.0
| date_created | 2019-03-13 14:13:04
| template_id | Http Service Template__1.0
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------...
Related Commands
show ssc app-template-instance, ssc app-template import, ssc app-template list, ssc app-template-instance create, ssc app-template-instance list, ssc app-template-instance update
show ssc app-template-instance
Displays details for a specified application template instance.
Syntax
show ssc app-template-instance template-instance-name template_instance-id
Parameters
template_instance-id
Specify a unique identifier for the application template instance, either its tag or UUID.
Examples
*** list all application templates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance list
+-------------------------------+---------------------+----------------------------+
| Template Instance | Cluster ID | Template ID +
--------------------------------+---------------------+----------------------------+
| Template-Instance-EGSR...GS45 | Cluster-CRCF...Z5WS | Http Service Template__1.0 |
+-------------------------------+---------------------+----------------------------+
*** show details for a specific application template instance ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc app-template-instance template-instance-name
Template-Instance-EGSR-J5D2-UKIE-GS45
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
| template_instance_id | Template-Instance-EGSR-J5D2-UKIE-GS45 |
| tag | |
| cluster_id | Cluster-CRCF-9WDA-T1HE-Z5WS |
| result | None |
| children | None |
| parameters | { |
| | "instance_name": "Web Server", |
| | "pool_nodes": [ |
| | "127.0.0.1:80", |
| | "127.0.0.2:80" |
| | ], |
| | "public_port": 80 |
| | } |
| pending_action | None |
| template_id | Http Service Template__1.0 |
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc app-template , ssc app-template import, ssc app-template list, ssc app-template-instance create, ssc app-template-instance list, ssc app-template-instance update
show ssc backup sd-va config
Displays the configured settings for the Services Director VA backup service.
Syntax
show ssc backup sd-va config
Usage Guidelines
The command returns the following values:
•remote-sys: IP address of the remote system.
•remote-sync-freq: The synchronization frequency (local to remote), expressed as a number of units. Units are days (d), hours (h) and minutes (m). For example, "2d" represents two days.
•backup-data-trans: The protocol to perform the remote transfer ("scp" or "ftp"). 2
•remote-sys-user: Remote username.
•backup-retain: The number of local backup files to be retained. For example, 3.
•remote-sys-path: Remote directory for backup files. For example, "/var/home/root".
•backup-freq: The backup frequency (to local), expressed as a number of units. Units are days (d), hours (h) and minutes (m). For example, "6h" represents six hours.
•remote-sys-pass: Password for the remote user.
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup sd-va sd-va config
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
| remote-sync-freq | 5m |
| backup-data-trans | scp |
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-retain | 10 |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| backup-freq | 1m |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va config update, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
show ssc backup sd-va local
Lists local backups produced by the Services Director VA backup service.
Syntax
show ssc backup sd-va local
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup sd-va local
+----------------------------------------------+---------------------+
| Local Backup files | Creation time |
+----------------------------------------------+---------------------+
| backup_10.62.167.199_2015-09-08_16-53-02.zip | 2015-09-08 16:53:03 |
| backup_10.62.167.199_2015-09-08_16-54-01.zip | 2015-09-08 16:54:03 |
| backup_10.62.167.199_2015-09-08_16-55-01.zip | 2015-09-08 16:55:02 |
| backup_10.62.167.199_2015-09-08_16-56-01.zip | 2015-09-08 16:56:03 |
+----------------------------------------------+---------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, show ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg, ssc backup sd-va config create
show ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg
Lists remote backups produced by the Services Director VA backup service.
Syntax
show ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-data-trans | scp |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va local, show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config create
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup-name
Displays full details for the specified backup.
Syntax
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name cluster-id backup-name backup_id
Parameters
cluster-id
Specify the required cluster.
backup_id
Specify the required backup schedule.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> backups command to view all backups for a specified cluster.
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> backup-name <backup_id> command to delete the specified backup.
Examples
*** display all backups ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backups
+----------------------------+-------------------------------+
| Backups | Description |
+----------------------------+-------------------------------+
| Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O#2 |
| Backup-Y33H-XR2Z-128P-2M0T | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O#1 |
+----------------------------+-------------------------------+
*** display details for a backup ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backup-name Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH
+--------------+-------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------+-------------------------------+
| backup_id | Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH |
| description | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O#2 |
| date | 2016-06-29 15:05 |
| tag | Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| size | 133120 |
| sequence_num | 2 |
| retain | False |
+--------------+-------------------------------+
*** delete a backup ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backup-name Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH
+--------+----------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------+----------------+
| Action | Deleted backup |
+--------+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups
Displays all backups for a specified cluster.
Syntax
[no] show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name cluster-id backups
Parameters
cluster-id
Specify the ID of the required cluster.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> backup <backup_id> command to view all backups for a specified cluster.
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> backup-name <backup_id> command to delete the specified backup.
Examples
*** display all backups ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backups
+----------------------------+-------------------------------+
| Backups | Description |
+----------------------------+-------------------------------+
| Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O#2 |
| Backup-Y33H-XR2Z-128P-2M0T | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O#1 |
+----------------------------+-------------------------------+
*** display details for a backup ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backup-name Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH
+--------------+-------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------+-------------------------------+
| backup_id | Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH |
| description | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O#2 |
| date | 2016-06-29 15:05 |
| tag | Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| size | 133120 |
| sequence_num | 2 |
| retain | False |
+--------------+-------------------------------+
*** delete a backup ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backup-name Backup-2JXH-D3BT-PK72-0SLH
+--------+----------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------+----------------+
| Action | Deleted backup |
+--------+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task
Displays full details for the specified backup task.
Syntax
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name cluster-id task task_id
Parameters
cluster-id
Specify the required cluster.
task_id
Specify the required backup task.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> tasks command to view all tasks for a specified cluster.
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> task <task_id> command to delete the specified task.
Examples
*** display all tasks ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O tasks
+---------------------------------------+
| Backup Tasks |
+---------------------------------------+
| BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI |
| BackupRestoreTask-BAWB-6JKQ-CPB3-R56B |
+---------------------------------------+
*** display a specified task ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-BAWB-6JKQ-CPB3-R56B
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | complete |
| backup_id | |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 15:01:26 |
| task_subtype | backup now |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-BAWB-6JKQ-CPB3-R56B |
| instance_id | |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
*** delete a specified task from a specified cluster ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI
+-------+--------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------+--------------+
| Task | Deleted task |
+-------+--------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks
Displays all tasks for a specified cluster.
Syntax
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name cluster-id tasks
Parameters
cluster-id
Specify the name of required cluster.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> task <task_id> command to view all tasks for a specified cluster.
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> task <task_id> command to delete the specified task.
Examples
*** display all tasks ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O tasks
+---------------------------------------+
| Backup Tasks |
+---------------------------------------+
| BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI |
| BackupRestoreTask-BAWB-6JKQ-CPB3-R56B |
+---------------------------------------+
*** display a specified task ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-BAWB-6JKQ-CPB3-R56B
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | complete |
| backup_id | |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 15:01:26 |
| task_subtype | backup now |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-BAWB-6JKQ-CPB3-R56B |
| instance_id | |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
*** delete a specified task from a specified cluster ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI
+-------+--------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------+--------------+
| Task | Deleted task |
+-------+--------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule
Display full details for a specified backup schedule.
Syntax
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule schedule-id
Parameters
schedule-id
Specify the required backup schedule.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule command to delete the specified schedule.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule sched-monthly-02
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Monthly (26th) backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-HA16-ROZQ-T2PT-B3HG |
| tag | sched-monthly-02 |
| frequency | monthly |
| backup_time | 11:30 |
| offset | 26 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule sched-daily-01
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Daily backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-MF06-31XX-0JWF-55R1 |
| tag | sched-daily-01 |
| frequency | daily |
| backup_time | 10:10 |
| offset | 100 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
Displays a list of all defined backup schedules.
Syntax
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules
+---------------------+
| Backup Schedules |
+---------------------+
| schedule-hourly-01 |
| schedule-monthly-02 |
| schedule-weekly-01 |
| schedule-monthly-01 |
| schedule-daily-01 |
+---------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task, show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule
show ssc certificate
Displays Services Director SSL certificate in text format.
Syntax
show ssc certificate
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc certificate
Certificate:
Data:
Version: 3 (0x2)
Serial Number:
Signature Algorithm:
Issuer:
Validity
Not Before: May 29 13:56:14 2013 GMT
Not After : May 29 13:56:14 2015 GMT
Subject:
Subject Public Key Info:
Public Key Algorithm: rsaEncryption
Public-Key: (1024 bit)
Modulus:
*** a partial listing ***
show ssc cloud-reg
Displays details for a specified cloud registration resource.
Syntax
show ssc cloud-reg id name
Parameters
name
Specify a unique identifier for the cloud registration, either its tag or UUID.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not display the user data required for cloud registration. The show ssc cloud-reg user-data command displays this user data.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc cloud-reg id jk-cloud-reg-01
+---------------------+------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+------------------------------+
| tag | jk-cloud-reg-01 |
| owner | Owner-S5HZ-52G9-HZS2-KIAO |
| email_address | |
| children | None |
| registration_policy | Policy-SH1M-L5BD-5L9L-YFKK |
| date_created | 2016-09-07 13:34:32 |
| user_data_id | UserData-Z28S-AXW9-PAVA-3YE3 |
+---------------------+------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cloud-reg user-data id, ssc cloud-reg create, ssc cloud-reg delete, ssc cloud-reg list
show ssc cloud-reg user-data id
Displays the user-data for a specified cloud registration resource.
Syntax
show ssc cloud-reg user-data id name
Parameters
name
Specify a unique identifier for the cloud registration resource, either its tag or UUID.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not display the general properties for the cloud registration. The show ssc cloud-reg id command displays this information.
It is intended that you copy the output of this command to the clipboard, and then paste it into the Amazon Web Services (AWS) EC2 instance creation wizard when you create the first cloud-based vTM in a cluster. See the Pulse Secure Services Director Getting Started Guide for full details of this process.
This text is always displayed in base64 format.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc cloud-reg user-data id jk-cloud-reg-01
dGltZXpvbmU9RXVyb3BlL0xvbmRvbgphY2NlcHRfbGljZW5zZT1ZZXMKYWNjZXNzX2tleV9pZD08aW
5zZXJ0IGtleSBoZXJlPgpzZWNyZXRfYWNjZXNzX2tleV9pZD08aW5zZXJ0IGtleSBoZXJlPgpwYXNz
d29yZD1LMnY0OU5GUkoKb3duZXI9T3duZXItUzVIWi01Mkc5LUhaUzItS0lBTwpvd25lcl9zZWNyZX
Q9cGFzc3dvcmQKc2RfYWRkcmVzcz0xMC42Mi4xNjkuMTYyOjgxMDAKc2RfY2VydD1NSUlDV0RDQ0Fj
R2dBd0lCQWdJSkFPbUt1L0pRUXB3bk1BMEdDU3FHU0liM0RRRUJDd1VBTUVVeEN6QUpCZ05WQkFZVE
FrRlZNUk13RVFZRFZRUUlEQXBUYjIxbExWTjBZWFJsTVNFd0h3WURWUVFLREJoSmJuUmxjbTVsZENC
WGFXUm5hWFJ6SUZCMGVTQk1kR1F3SGhjTk1UVXdOVEk1TVRVek9EVXlXaGNOTVRjd05USTRNVFV6T0
RVeVdqQkZNUXN3Q1FZRFZRUUdFd0pCVlRFVE1CRUdBMVVFQ0F3S1UyOXRaUzFUZEdGMFpURWhNQjhH
VCQVFVQUE0R05BRENCaVFLQmdRRGw5S25CRjVYR2pqeWZOaTdKUnpxb1JlRjZGKzJydVJYdUFVdG9l
QTFVRUNnd1lTVzUwWlhKdVpYUWdWMmxrWjJsMGN5QlFkSGtnVEhSa01JR2ZNQTBHQ1NxR1NJYjNEUU
eVdwdFJlYnZCdmtOS1NXdXlGc1IvdTR0ekJlWUVzTU5aeXZLTGhodFVxcnRhc0dNam90MnRoaXlITG
9KdUlyZjR4NUZNbTNsbHFNK1c1WGlmUnhJU0F0dW5TMjJnYWI4Ri9QSW5SV01QUVlyeGZ2K3JUQW9S
VHAwK0VSeWNScTMxZ2ZMd0lEQVFBQm8xQXdUakFkQmdOVkhRNEVGZ1FVL2pHVzFnRVVmamd5Rk1uU1
RFZSMFRCQVV3QXdFQi96QU5CZ2txaGtpRzl3MEJBUXNGQUFPQmdRQnB4Y1k5UURRN05tQnlDR2RDVW
VFclZ4T29YdGxzd0h3WURWUjBqQkJnd0ZvQVUvakdXMWdFVWZqZ3lGTW5TVUVyVnhPb1h0bHN3REFZ
hTTHBsS0hpS3A2TktaS2V3TENKeU9WU1FCUXk4eEdSQnhkTUpJaTMxbkRud3lhOUVTVVhGOW9STFNp
c3NaQStwWEplNGtVVDdSMDFqcENXV2QwRzR2NURsK1Vhb2VzYmJmc241cUtnbkpvTUZVUTJ3YmtPdH
E2OWlYcG5hc0ZwNWZsSWloQUFkNFZMR1R3QzRjTm83YXgrUT09CnJlZ2lzdHJhdGlvbl9wb2xpY3k9
UG9saWN5LVNIMU0tTDVCRC01TDlMLVlGS0s=
Related Commands
show ssc cloud-reg, ssc cloud-reg create, ssc cloud-reg delete, ssc cloud-reg list
show ssc cluster cluster-name
Displays Services Director cluster details.
Syntax
show ssc cluster cluster-name cluster_id
Parameters
cluster_id
Specify the name of the cluster.
Usage Guidelines
The user_data property is only populated when a cluster is used for cloud-based vTMs, such as those deployed using Amazon Web Services (AWS) EC2 platform. This property is required when deploying the second cloud-based vTM in a cluster, replacing the AWS user data from the cloud registration. See the Pulse Secure Services Director Getting Started Guide for full details of this process.
Examples
*** show details for a cluster containing an externally-deployed vTM ***
show ssc cluster cluster-name Cerulean
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
| status | Active |
| next_backup_time | None |
| share_tips | True |
| cluster_port_offset | None |
| in_use | True |
| cluster_type | Discovered |
| user_data | None |
| task | None |
| number_backups | 5 |
| schedule_id | None |
| tag | Cerulean |
| members | [u'Instance-92Y7-JVCE-00TW-UY1N'] |
| owner | Owner-F4MQ-6X5X-S07W-B0RI |
| children | None |
| analytics_profile_id | None |
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
*** show details for a cluster containing a cloud-based vTM ***
platinum-01 (config) # show ssc cluster cluster-name AWS-cluster-01
+-----------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+-----------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
| backup_success_sequence_num | None
| backup_failure_count | None
| schedule_id | None
| tag | AWS-cluster-01
| owner | Owner-F95M-3Y0R-FGQA-1DIK
| backup_next_sequence_num | None
| children | None
| analytics_profile_id | None
| share_tips | True
| restore_backup_name | None
| cluster_port_offset | None
| last_success_backup | None
| cluster_type | Discovered
| last_backup_time | None
| status | Active
| in_use | True
| user_data | Y2x1c3Rlcl9ob3N0PTEwLjguMi4xMDgKY2x1c3Rlcl...
| number_backups | 5
| members | [u'Instance-CIOL-A2FM-3C7O-N9A1']
| last_failed_backup | None
| restore_backup_status | None
| next_backup_time | None
| task | None
| restore_backup_time | None
| last_backup_status | None
+-----------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc cluster create cluster-name
show ssc collection-endpoint
Displays details for a specified Collection Endpoint resource. This endpoint is used as a destination for analytics data on your chosen Analytics System.
Syntax
show ssc collection-endpoint name endpoint-id
Parameters
name
endpoint-id
Specify a unique identifier for the collection endpoint, either its tag or UUID.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Collection Endpoint resources. Search Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "search-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** list all collection endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-Collection-01 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
*** show details for a specific collection endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc collection-endpoint name JK-Collection-01
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| transaction_tls_verify | False |
| auth_type | none |
| transaction_export_address | demo.com:9999 |
| log_export_address | https://demo.com:8080/logs/collector |
| auth_token | |
| collection_endpoint_id | Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W |
| transaction_endpoint_certificate | |
| transaction_export_tls | False |
| log_endpoint_certificate | |
| tag | JK-Collection-01 |
| log_tls_verify | False |
| auth_password | |
| auth_username | |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc collection-endpoint create, ssc collection-endpoint delete, ssc collection-endpoint list, ssc collection-endpoint update
show ssc dashboard
Displays the dashboard resource for the Services Director. This is a summary of certain Services Director functions.
Syntax
show ssc dashboard
Usage Guidelines
Currently, the dashboard only includes a summary of the state of metering on the Services Director.
To investigate this summary information, see ssc owner create and show ssc owner.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc dashboard
+------------------------------------+---------------------------------------------
| Property | Value
+------------------------------------+---------------------------------------------
| metering_health > alert_reason | Possible under-accounting or over-accounting
| metering_health > alert_level | 3
| metering_health > alert_..._short | Warning
+------------------------------------+---------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc metering warning instance-name, show ssc settings metering, ssc metering warning list, ssc settings metering update
show ssc database local
Displays settings for local MySQL database.
Syntax
show ssc database local
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc database local
Use Local Database: yes
MySQL Port Number: 3306
MySQL Bind Address: 127.0.0.1
Related Commands
show ssc database local credentials
Displays local MySQL database credentials.
Syntax
show ssc database local db-file credentials
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc database local credentials
+-------------+-------------+
| DB Username | DB Password |
+-------------+-------------+
| ssc | my_db_pass |
+-------------+-------------+
Related Commands
show ssc database local db-file
Displays available backups for local MySQL database.
Syntax
show ssc database local db-file
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc database local db-file
Related Commands
show ssc database local max-connections
Displays local MySQL database maximum connections.
Syntax
show ssc database local max-connections
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc database local max-connections
Maximum number of connections to local MySQL DB: 151
Related Commands
show ssc database remote
Displays settings for remote database used by the Services Director.
Syntax
show ssc database remote [db-user-name name] | [ip-address ip-addr] | [port port]
Parameters
db-user-name name
Displays the user for the remote database used by the Services Director.
ip-address ip-addr
Displays the IP address for remote database used by Services Director.
port port
Displays the port number for remote database used by Services Director.
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc database remote db-user-name test
Remote Database Port: ssc
Related Commands
show ssc database use-local
Displays whether to use local MySQL database for Services Director.
Syntax
show ssc database use-local
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc database use-local
Use local MySQL database: yes
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname
Displays feature pack details.
Syntax
show ssc feature-pack fpname name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the feature pack.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc feature-pack fpname ENT-ENTERPRISE_full
+-------------+----------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+----------------+
| info | |
| status | Active |
| stm_sku | ENT-ENTERPRISE |
| add_on_skus | [] |
| excluded | |
| skus | ENT-ENTERPRISE |
+-------------+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc feature-pack create fpname, ssc feature-pack list, ssc feature-pack update fpname
show ssc high-avail certificate
Displays the high availability certificate for a high availability node.
Usage Guidelines
This command is identical to ssc high-avail file-replication reset.
show ssc high-avail list
Displays a list of nodes in the current HA pair.
This command is identical to ssc high-avail reset.
show ssc host host-name
Displays vTM instance host details.
Syntax
show ssc host host-name name dns [ status-check [true | false]]
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the host.
status-check [true | false]
Specify true or false to display host status check information.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc host host-name demo-01.cam.demo.com status-check true
+------------------------+----------------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------------+----------------------+
| install_root | /root/install |
| username | root |
| retained_info_dir | None |
| va_management_user | |
| hw_cluster_node | None |
| work_location | /var/cache/ssc |
| cpu_cores | None |
| status_check | {} |
| info | demo |
| status | Active |
| va_management_password | |
| usage_info | |
| host_id | demo-01.cam.demo.com |
| hw_slot_number | None |
| size | None |
+------------------------+----------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name
Displays vTM instance details.
Syntax
show ssc instance instance-name name [status-check [true | false] ] [show-passwords [true | false]]
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager instance.
status-check
Specify true or false to display a status check of the (deployed) instance.
show-passwords
Specify true or false to display the administration password.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc instance instance-name violet-01 show-passwords true
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| status | Active |
| metrics_date | None |
| cpu_usage | |
| managed | False |
| metrics_peak_RPS | None |
| license_name | universal_v3 |
| rest_address | 10.62.169.165:9070 |
| tag | violet-01 |
| snmp_address | 10.62.169.165:161 |
| creation_date | 2015-12-29 10:08:34 |
.
.
.
| admin_password | password |
| management_address | 10.62.169.165 |
| container_configuration | |
| rest_enabled | True |
| ui_address | 10.62.169.165:9090 |
| metrics_peak_SSL_TPS | None |
| host_name | |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc instance create instance-name
show ssc kpti
Displays Kernel Page-Table Isolation (KPTI) settings for the Services Director.
Syntax
show ssc kpti
Examples
*** KPTI is enabled ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc kpti
KPTI is currently enabled, and will remain enabled after a reboot.
*** KPTI is enabled now but will change state at the next reboot ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc kpti
KPTI is currently enabled, but will be disabled after a reboot.
*** KPTI is disabled now but will change state at the next reboot ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc kpti
KPTI is currently disabled, but will be enabled after a reboot.
*** KPTI is disabled ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc kpti
KPTI is currently disabled, and will remain disabled after a reboot.
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise
Displays Services Director enterprise license details.
Syntax
show ssc license enterprise [add-on key | bandwidth key | controller key | resource-pack key]
Parameters
add-on key
Specify the (older) add-on license key.
bandwidth key
Specify the bandwidth license key.
controller key
Specify the name of the controller license key.
resource-pack key
Specify the name of the (newer) resource pack key.
Usage Guidelines
Add-on licenses are used with older controller licenses. Resource pack licenses are used with newer controller licenses.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc license enterprise bandwidth 3420186a93f3c58857e21f1cf
+---------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------
| status | Active
| valid_until | 2016-10-07
| timestamp | 2016-09-27T21:37:13.1475037433
| controller_license | ERSSC381243-0000-42B9
| bandwidth | 5000.0
| valid_from | Perpetual
| serial | 342005
| license_key | LK1-ERSSCTPSTM_B_400:5:342015:20160927T2137131475...
| controller_license_serial | 381243
| stm_sku | STM-400
| valid | True
+---------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc license license-name, show ssc license-file
show ssc license license-name
Displays the details for the named license.
Syntax
show ssc license license-name unique-name
Parameters
unique-name
Specify the unique name of the license.
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
*** check available licenses ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc license list
+--------------+
| License |
+--------------+
| universal_v4 |
| legacy_9.3 |
+--------------+
*** show the legacy license ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc license license-name legacy_9.3
+------------------------+-------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------------+-------------+
| status | Active |
| health_check_results | [] |
| info | |
| last_health_check_time | None |
| default | True |
| health_check_status | Not yet run |
| generic_errors | None |
| type | legacy |
+------------------------+-------------+
*** show the universal license ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc license license-name universal_v4
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------
| status | Active
| health_check_results | []
| info | Universal license, installed with vX.X of Services Dir...
| last_health_check_time | None
| default | True
| health_check_status | Not yet run
| generic_errors | None
| type | universal
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, show ssc license-file
show ssc license-file
Displays the Services Director license key.
Syntax
show ssc license-file
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc license-file
LK1-ERSSC563111-0000-41FD-5-954B-E6F7-85B1
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, show ssc license license-name
show ssc log-export
Displays details for a specified log-export resource. This is used for vTM analytics purposes.
Syntax
show ssc log-export id profile-id
Parameters
id profile-id
Specify a unique identifier for the log-export resource, either its tag or UUID.
Examples
*** list all log-export resources ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export list
+-----------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Audit Log | Audit Log |
| Application Firewall | Application Firewall |
| Process Monitor | Process Monitor |
| Admin Server Access | Admin Server Access |
| System - syslog | System - syslog |
| Event Log | Event Log |
| Routing Software | Routing Software |
| Data Plane Acceleration | Data Plane Acceleration |
| System - authentication log | System - authentication log |
+-----------------------------+-----------------------------+
*** show details for a specific log-export resource ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc log-export id "Audit Log"
+----------------+----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------+----------------------------+
| files | %ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/audit* |
| tag | Audit Log |
| appliance_only | False |
| built_in | True |
| log_export_id | Audit Log |
| children | None |
| history | none |
+----------------+----------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc log-export create, ssc log-export delete, ssc log-export list, ssc log-export update
show ssc manager manager-name
Displays Services Director manager details.
Syntax
show ssc manager manager-name name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the Services Director manager.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc manager manager-name amnesiac
+------------+---------+
| Field | Value |
+------------+---------+
| management | enabled |
| monitoring | shared |
| metering | all |
| licensing | enabled |
+------------+---------+
Related Commands
ssc manager list, ssc manager update manager-name
show ssc metering warning instance-name
Displays metering warning information for a specified Traffic Manager instance.
Syntax
show ssc metering warning instance-name name
Parameters
instance-name name
Specify the name of the required Traffic Manager instance.
Usage Guidelines
Any current instance can be specified. Where no warning exists, this is indicated.
To identify all instances with a warning, see ssc owner create.
Examples
*** list all instances with a warning raised ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc metering warning list
+-----------+
| Instance |
+-----------+
| cerise-02 |
| sienna-01 |
+-----------+
*** show warning details for first failed instance (over-accounting example) ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc metering warning instance-name cerise-02
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------+
| alert_reason | Possible uptime over-accounting |
| alert_level | 3 |
| alert_level_short_text | Warning |
| alert_resolution_text | Mark instance as deleted if no longer in use |
| name | Instance-3ZXD-61IX-KZEC-6IO6 |
| tag | cerise-02 |
| monitor_date | 2016-06-22 14:33:11 |
| licensed_date | 2016-06-20 14:27:09 |
| metrics_date | None |
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------+
*** show warning details for second failed instance (under-accounting example) ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc metering warning instance-name sienna-01
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
| alert_reason | Possible under-accounting |
| alert_level | 3 |
| alert_level_short_text | Warning |
| alert_resolution_text | Enable REST or SNMP connectivity for this instance |
| name | Instance-NPIS-A6ZB-MSA3-680Q |
| tag | sienna-01 |
| monitor_date | 2016-06-22 14:33:10 |
| licensed_date | 2016-06-20 14:27:48 |
| metrics_date | None |
+------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
*** show instance with no warning raised
amnesiac (config) # show ssc metering warning instance-name violet-01
+------------------------+------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------------+------------------------------+
| alert_level | 1 |
| alert_level_short_text | OK |
| name | Instance-6BT2-ALAX-KN14-32RA |
| tag | violet-01 |
| monitor_date | 2016-06-22 14:59:11 |
| licensed_date | None |
| metrics_date | None |
+------------------------+------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc dashboard, show ssc settings metering, ssc metering warning list, ssc settings metering update
show ssc owner
Displays a specified owner.
Syntax
show ssc owner name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the owner.
Examples
*** list all owners ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-WUPO-RLBZ-SAPQ-RAM3 | JK |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
*** list details for listed owner 'HC' ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc owner owner-id JK
+---------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+------------------------------------+
| instances | [u'cerulean-01'], [u'cerulean-02'] |
| tag | JK |
| timezone | Etc/GMT |
| email_address | |
| children | None |
| secret | banana |
| clusters | [u'Cerulean-Cluster'] |
| owner_id | Owner-WUPO-RLBZ-SAPQ-RAM3 |
+---------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc owner create, ssc owner delete, ssc owner list, ssc owner update
show ssc registration
Displays details for a specified self-registration request.
Syntax
show ssc registration registration-id
Parameters
registration-id
Specify the ID for the self-registration request.
Usage Guidelines
Some fields will only be populated once the request is Accepted:
•instance_name
•feature_pack
•bandwidth
•owner
•access_profile (optional).
Examples
*** show registration request for Pending request ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc registrations registration-id Reg-QG91-KJMS-DK4T-2FWY
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
| snmp_address | 10.62.169.167:161 |
| registration_message | Cerise 10.4 registration |
| bandwidth | None |
| owner | None |
| email_address | [email protected] |
| instance_name | None |
| uuid | 1013592c-a9bb-3301-9675-005056a643af |
| hostname | 10.62.169.167 |
| declined_reason | None |
| instance_version | 10.4a1 |
| status | Pending |
| snmp_community | public |
| admin_address | 10.62.169.167:9090 |
| rest_address | 10.62.169.167:9070 |
| feature_pack | None |
| cluster_identifier | Cluster-C21U-O3MQ-EE3G-BUIZ |
| registration_time | 2016-03-20 15:36:14 |
| instance_id | None |
| management_ip | 10.62.169.167 |
| pending_time | 2016-03-20 15:36:14 |
| access_profile | None |
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
*** show registration request for Accepted request ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc registrations registration-id Reg-QG91-KJMS-DK4T-2FWY
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
| snmp_address | 10.62.169.167:161 |
| registration_message | Cerise 10.4 registration |
| bandwidth | 100 |
| owner | JK |
| email_address | [email protected] |
| instance_name | cerise-01 |
| uuid | 1013592c-a9bb-3301-9675-005056a643af |
| hostname | 10.62.169.167 |
| declined_reason | None |
| instance_version | 10.4a1 |
| status | Accepted |
| snmp_community | public |
| admin_address | 10.62.169.167:9090 |
| rest_address | 10.62.169.167:9070 |
| feature_pack | STM-400_full |
| cluster_identifier | Cluster-C21U-O3MQ-EE3G-BUIZ |
| registration_time | 2016-03-20 15:36:14 |
| instance_id | None |
| management_ip | 10.62.169.167 |
| pending_time | 2016-03-20 15:36:14 |
| access_profile | TAC |
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc registration delete, ssc registration list, ssc registration update
show ssc reg-policy
Displays a specified registration policy.
Syntax
show ssc reg-policy name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the registration policy.
Examples
*** list all self-reg policies ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy list
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy ID | Tag |
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy-MHM8-AB62-SI2J-DNUX | jk-self-reg-01 |
| Policy-I7A7-3DN2-6IEB-QF96 | jk-self-reg-02 |
| Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J | self-reg-01 |
+----------------------------+----------------+
*** display all details for a listed self-reg policy ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc reg-policy policy-id tk-reg-policy-01
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| instance_version_range_low | 10.0 |
| bandwidth | 100 |
| tag | tk-reg-policy-01 |
| children | None |
| management_ip_subnet | 10.62.128.0/18 |
| feature_pack | STM-400_full |
| access_profile | None |
| instance_version_range_high | 11.0 |
| policy_id | Policy-XI6P-5JLU-QQUL-9BR7 |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc reg-policy create, ssc reg-policy delete, ssc reg-policy list, ssc reg-policy update
show ssc sd-admin-ca
Displays full details of a specified Services Director CA certificate. This certificate is required to enable communications with a secure LDAP authentication server.
Syntax
show ssc sd-admin-ca admin-ca-name ca-certificate-name
Parameters
admin-ca-name
ca-ertificate-name
Specify the name or ID of a CA certificate present on Services Director.
Examples
*** List all CA certificates on Services Director ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca list
+------+------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------+------------------------------+
| CA-1 | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2 |
| CA-2 | Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+------+------------------------------+
*** Display details for a CA certificate ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sd-admin-ca admin-ca-name CA-1
+-----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------...
| Field | Value
+-----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------...
| admin_ca_id | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2
| tag | CA-1
| certificate_authority | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
| | MIIDSzCCAjOgAwIBAgIQciGh+iQigI5d1LTxq9pEEG9w0BAQsFADAl...
.
.
.
| | TC+Rno87nWeTLHXwRVWOJhwlspgaN66dPyOw43bkzh7JTALTWBXKJs...
| | PCuhDlHZSui0p1auJnIIg3pmqyANx/bw==
| | -----END CERTIFICATE-----
| children | None
+-----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------...
Related Commands
ssc sd-admin-ca create, ssc sd-admin-ca list, ssc sd-admin-ca update, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name
show ssc sd-authenticator
Displays full details of a specified Services Director authenticator. This can be for an LDAP, RADIUS or TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show ssc sd-authenticator auth-name authenticator-name
Parameters
auth-name
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the Services Director authenticator.
Examples
*** List Services Director authenticators ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator list
+--------------+-----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+--------------+-----------------------------------+
| bbotservices | Authenticator-Y4RC-M3OI-J1BE-5N96 |
| SecureLDAP | Authenticator-V3JW-M4GT-B1NG-43FT |
+--------------+-----------------------------------+
*** Display details for a secure LDAP authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sd-authenticator auth-name SecureLDAP
+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------+
| Name | SecureLDAP |
| Type | ldap |
| Status of SD authenticator | enabled |
| Server Address | dc1.dev-win17.demo.com |
| DN Method | construct |
| Filter | sAMAccountName=%u |
| Base DN | CN=Users,DC=dev-win19,DC=demo,DC=com |
| SSL mode | starttls |
| Fallback SD permission group | Permission-Group-PYS6-1U8P-HNEG-OARS |
| Server Port | 389 |
| Timeout | 10 |
| Group Attribute | memberOf |
| Group Field | CN |
| Bind DN | %[email protected] |
| Group Filter | |
| Search DN | |
| Search Password | ***** |
+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------+
*** Display details for the TACACS+ authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sd-authenticator auth-name Authenticator-Y4RC-M3OI-J1BE-5N96
+------------------------------+---------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+------------------------------+---------------------------+
| Name | bbotservices |
| Type | tacacs_plus |
| Status of SD authenticator | enabled |
| Server Address | bbotservices.cam.demo.com |
| SD Authentication Type | pap |
| Fallback SD permission group | |
| Server Port | 4900 |
| Timeout | 10 |
| Group Field | permission-group |
| Secret | ***** |
| Group Service | zeus |
+------------------------------+---------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
show ssc sd-permission-group
Displays details for a specified Services Director permission group.
Syntax
show ssc sd-permission-group pg-name permission-group
Parameters
pg-name permission-group
Specify the required permission-group.
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Typically, there is a single Services Director permission group, with full access. The name of this permission group matches the group returned by the authenticator.
Examples
*** show permissions for the admin group ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sd-permission-group pg-name admin
+---------------------+--------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+--------------------------------------+
| description | |
| permission_group_id | Permission-Group-XG8K-FUYG-WKKV-9IKP |
| tag | admin |
| children | None |
+---------------------+--------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc sd-permission-group create pg-name, ssc sd-permission-group list, ssc sd-permission-group update pg-name
show ssc search-endpoint
Displays details for a specified Search Endpoint resource. This endpoint is used to retrieve analytics data from your chosen Analytics System.
Syntax
show ssc search-endpoint id endpoint-id
Parameters
id endpoint-id
Specify a unique identifier for the search endpoint, either its tag or UUID.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Search Endpoint resources. Collection Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "collection-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** list all search-endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint list
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M | JK-EP-Search-01 |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
*** display details for a specific search-endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc search-endpoint name JK-EP-Search-01
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| verify_tls | True
| search_endpoint_id | Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M
| tag | JK-EP-Search-01
| auth_password | password
| auth_username | admin
| search_endpoint_address | demo.com:2020
| use_tls | True
| search_endpoint_certificate | LS0tLS1CRUdJTiBDRVJUSUZJCk1JSUNXRENDQWNHZ0F3UJBZ...
| transactions_index | zxtm_transactions
| logs_index | zxtm_logs
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
ssc search-endpoint create, ssc search-endpoint delete, ssc search-endpoint list, ssc search-endpoint update
show ssc server
Displays the Services Director server settings.
Syntax
show ssc server
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc server
SSC REST port number: 8100
Related Commands
show ssc server thread
Displays Services Director server threads.
Syntax
show ssc server thread
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc server thread
+-----------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-----------------+-------+
| threads | 25 |
| action threads | 5 |
| monitor threads | 10 |
+-----------------+-------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings analytics
Displays Services Director analytics settings.
Syntax
show ssc settings analytics
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings analytics
+-------------------------+-------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------------+-------------------+
| transaction_source_type | zxtm_transactions |
+-------------------------+-------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings con-lic
Displays the number of days set to send a warning about the expiration of the controller license.
Syntax
show ssc settings con-lic
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings con-lic
+---------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+-------+
| expiry_warning_days | 30 |
+---------------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc license enterprise controller list
show ssc settings deployment
Displays the number of vTM instances that can be deployed.
Syntax
show ssc settings deployment
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings deployment
+---------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+-------+
| max_instances | 0 |
+---------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc license enterprise controller list
show ssc settings external-ip
Displays the external IP corresponding to the Services Endpoint Address when Services Director is running in a private network behind a NAT.
Syntax
show ssc settings external-ip
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings external-ip
+-------------+--------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+--------------+
| external_ip | 10.62.150.30 |
+-------------+--------------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings fla-check
Displays whether the FLA checker is enabled for the Services Director.
Syntax
show ssc settings fla-check
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings fla-check
+-------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-------+
| fla_check_enabled | True |
+-------------------+-------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings licensing
Displays alert threshold and alert threshold interval settings.
Syntax
show ssc settings licensing
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings licensing
+--------------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------------+-------+
| alert_threshold | 1 |
| alert_threshold_interval | 300 |
+--------------------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc settings licensing update alert-threshold
show ssc settings logging
Displays metering, inventory, and license log settings.
Syntax
show ssc settings logging
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings logging
+-------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-------+
| metering_logging | 0 |
| inventory_logging | 0 |
| license_logging | 0 |
+-------------------+-------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings master-password
Displays the status of the master password. This can either be Active or Changing.
Syntax
show ssc settings master-password
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings master-password
+------------------+--------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------+--------+
| status | Active |
+------------------+--------+
Related Commands
ssc settings master-password update
show ssc settings metering
Displays metering and log check interval settings.
Syntax
show ssc settings metering
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings metering
+--------------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------------+-------+
| alerts_and_notifications | True |
| snmp_enabled | True |
| log_check_interval | 3600 |
| meter_interval | 3600 |
+--------------------------+-------+
Related Commands
show ssc dashboard, show ssc metering warning instance-name, ssc metering warning list, ssc settings metering update
show ssc settings monitoring
Displays Services Director monitoring settings.
The purge_deleted_vtm
, purge_deleted_vtm_interval
, and purge_deleted_vtm_check_period
settings can only be updated via the REST API.
Syntax
show ssc settings monitoring
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings monitoring
+-----------------------------------+----------+
| Field | Value |
+-----------------------------------+----------+
| controller_failure_period | 180 |
| instance_failure_period | 180 |
| host_failure_period | 180 |
| instance_monitor_interval | 60 |
| auto_cleanup_vtms | all_vtms |
| purge_deleted_vtm | False |
| monitor_email_interval | 60 |
| purge_deleted_vtm_interval | 42 |
| purge_deleted_vtm_check_period | 86400 |
| overdue_monitoring_warning_period | 300 |
| host_monitor_interval | 60 |
| controller_monitor_interval | 60 |
+-----------------------------------+----------+
Related Commands
ssc settings monitoring update
show ssc settings security
Displays Services Director security settings.
Syntax
show ssc settings security
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings security
+-----------------------------------+------------------------------------------...
| Field | Value
+-----------------------------------+------------------------------------------...
| max_login_attempts | 0
| user_lockout_duration_minutes | 15
| candidate_service_ssl_certificate |
| auth_success_cache_time_seconds | 30
| auth_failure_cache_time_seconds | 10
| ssl-cipher-list | ECDH+AESGCM:ECDH+CHACHA20:DH+AESGCM:ECDH+...
+-----------------------------------+------------------------------------------...
Related Commands
show ssc settings telemetry
Displays Services Director phone home telemetry status.
Syntax
show ssc settings telemetry
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings telemetry
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| destination | https://telemetry.cam.demo.com/product-feedback/1.0 |
| phone_home_enabled | True |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings telemetry archives, ssc settings telemetry update enabled
show ssc settings telemetry archives
Lists the telemetry files that have been created by Services Director.
Syntax
show ssc settings telemetry archives
Usage Guidelines
To view the contents of archived telemetry files, start the Operating System shell (see Accessing the OS Shell) and view the files from there.
To enable the creation and export of telemetry data, see ssc settings telemetry update enabled).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings telemetry archives
+---------------------+--------------------------------+
| Date | Path |
+---------------------+--------------------------------+
| 2018-05-24 13:17:48 | /var/opt/tms/telemetry/telem_1 |
| 2018-05-24 13:17:49 | /var/opt/tms/telemetry/telem_2 |
| 2018-05-24 13:17:51 | /var/opt/tms/telemetry/telem_3 |
| 2018-05-24 13:31:11 | /var/opt/tms/telemetry/telem_4 |
| 2018-05-24 13:31:16 | /var/opt/tms/telemetry/telem_5 |
+---------------------+--------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings telemetry , ssc settings telemetry update enabled
show ssc settings throughput
Displays Services Director bandwidth-pack expiry warning settings.
Syntax
show ssc settings throughput
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings throughput
+---------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+-------+
| expiry_warning_days | 30 |
+---------------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc settings throughput update exp-warningdays
show ssc sku sku-name
Displays Services Director SKU details.
Syntax
show ssc sku [ show-all [ true | false ] ] sku-name name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the SKU.
Usage Guidelines
By default, the auto-completion for sku-name only includes SKUs that are compatible with your license.
The show-all switch affects how auto-completion of sku-name. If show-all is set to true, the auto-completion for the SKU names includes all SKUS, and not just those that are compatible with your license.
Examples
*** auto-completion (tab key) is limited to SKUS compatible with your license ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sku sku-name <tab>
ENT-ADVANCED ENT-ENTERPRISE ENT-WAFPROXY STM-100 STM-200 STM-300 STM-400
STM-WAFPROXY
*** auto-completion (tab key) includes all SKUS, not just compatible ones ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sku show-all true sku-name <tab>
BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP1G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV150M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT10G-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT60M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD500M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP3G-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV1G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT10M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD100M-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-STD5G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP400M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV200M-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT150M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD10G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD60M-U-01
BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP50M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV20M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT1G-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-STD10M-U-01 ENT-ADVANCED BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP5G-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV300M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT200M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD150M-U-01
ENT-ENTERPRISE BR-ADC-UTLH-ADVHRLY-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV3G-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT20M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD1G-U-01 ENT-WAFPROXY
BR-ADC-UTLH-ENTHRLY-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV40M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT300M-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-STD200M-U-01 STM-100 BR-ADC-UTLH-STDHRLY-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV500M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT3G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD20M-U-01
STM-200 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV100M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV5G-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT40M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD300M-U-01 STM-300
BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV10G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV60M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT500M-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-STD3G-U-01 STM-400 BR-ADC-UTLM-ADV10M-U-01
BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT100M-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-ENT5G-U-01 BR-ADC-UTLM-STD40M-U-01
STM-WAFPROXY
*** show details for an included SKU ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sku sku-name STM-400
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
| status | Active
| pricing_model | hourly
| add_on_skus | [u'ADD-FIPS', u'ADD-WAF', u'ADD-WEBACCEL']
| feature_tier | STM-400
| features | anlyt : Enable Realtime Analytics.
| | auto : Enable Autoscaling.
| | bwm : Enable Bandwidth Management classes.
| | cache : Enable Web Caching
| | comp : Enable Compression
| | cr : Do not limit the user to cut-down RuleBuilder ...
| | evnts : Enable Events and Actions
| | glb : Enable Global Load Balancing
| | java : Enable Java.
| | kcd : Kerberos Constrained Delegation
| | lbcel : Array of cells.
| | lbcon : Least connection based.
| | lbfail: Balance failure class (used only for testing ...
| | lbone : Always choose first node in a pool (used ...
| | lbrnd : Random.
| | lbrob : Round robin.
.
.
.
| | spnam : Named node session persistence.
| | spsar : Transparent session affinity.
| | spssl : SSL session ID session persistence.
| | spuni : Universal session persistence.
| | spxze : X-Zeus-backend cookie session persistence.
| | ssl : Enable SSL
| | svcprt: Enable Service Protection classes
| | ts : Enable TrafficScript
| | xml : Enable XML functions in TrafficScript.
| info |
| stm_u | STM-400
| fixed_..._usage | None
| ent | True
| resource_unit | None
| csp | True
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc stm images
Displays list of vTM imported images
Syntax
show ssc stm images
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc stm images
----------------------------------------
ZeusTM101_Linux-x86_64.tgz
Related Commands
show ssc stm license-file
Displays a list of Virtual Traffic Manger licenses.
Syntax
show ssc stm license-file
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc stm license-file
# Virtual Traffic Manager - License Key File
#
# This file enables Virtual Traffic Manager to run subject to the conditions
# specified within the key. The license key should be imported into the product
# using the web administration interface.
#
# The following values are encoded within the encrypted license key, and are
# provided as a reminder to system administrators of the values.
#
# Info:
# Product: Stingray Traffic Manager
# License Type: SSC
# License Serial: 1234
# Issued on: Mon, 15 Jul 2017 00:00:00 GMT
#
# Valid Until: Thu, 15 Aug 2017 10:00:00 GMT
#
# Features:
# Application Firewall: No
# Advanced Connection Analytics: No
# Aptimizer: No
*** partial listing only ***
Related Commands
show ssc user user-name
Displays Services Director user details.
Syntax
show ssc user user-name name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the user.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc user user-name admin
+----------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+----------+-------+
| username | admin |
| active | True |
+----------+-------+
Related Commands
show ssc version version-name
Displays vTM versions available for deployment.
Syntax
show ssc version version-name name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager version.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc version version-name 10.1
+------------------+-----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------+-----------------------------+
| info | |
| status | Active |
| version_filename | ZeusTM_101_Linux-x86_64.tgz |
+------------------+-----------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc version update version-name
show ssc vtm-admin-ca
Displays full details of a specified vTM CA certificate. This certificate is required to enable communications with a secure LDAP authentication server.
Syntax
show ssc vtm-admin-ca admin-ca-name ca-certificate-name
Parameters
admin-ca-name
ca-certificate-name
Specify the name or ID of a CA certificate present on Services Director.
Examples
*** List all CA certificates on Services Director ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca list
+----------+----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------+----------------------------------+
| VTM-CA-1 | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4 |
| VTM-CA-2 | VTM-Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+----------+----------------------------------+
*** Display details for a vTM CA certificate ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-admin-ca admin-ca-name VTM-CA-1
+-----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------...
| Field | Value
+-----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------...
| admin_ca_id | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4
| tag | CA-1
| certificate_authority | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
| | MIICWDCCAcGgAwIBAgIJAOmKu/JQQpwnMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBCwUAMl...
.
.
.
| | XF9oRLSissZA+pXJe4kUT7R01jpCWWd0G4v5Dl+UaoesbALTWBXKJs...
| | Otq69iXpnasFp5flIihAAd4VLGTwC4cNo7ax+Q==
| | -----END CERTIFICATE-----
| children | None
+-----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------...
Related Commands
ssc vtm-admin-ca create, ssc vtm-admin-ca list, ssc vtm-admin-ca update, ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name
show ssc vtm-authenticator
Displays full details of a specified vTM authenticator. This can be for an LDAP, RADIUS or TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name authenticator-name
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the vTM authenticator.
Examples
*** example secure LDAP authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name "LDAP Server"
+-------------------------------+---------------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------------------+---------------------------------------------+
| Name | LDAP Server |
| Type | ldap |
| Server Address | dc1.dev-win19.demo.com |
| DN Method | construct |
| Filter | sAMAccountName=%u |
| Base DN | CN=Users,DC=dev-win19,DC=demo,DC=com |
| SSL mode | |
| Fallback vTM permission group | admin |
| Server Port | 389 |
| Timeout | 30 |
| Group Attribute | memberOf |
| Group Field | CN |
| Bind DN | %u@dev- win19.demo.com |
| Group Filter | |
| Search DN | |
| Search Password | ***** |
+-------------------------------+---------------------------------------------+
*** example RADIUS authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name Authenticator-808G-LJWJ-MT3B-WMDZ
+---------------------------+-----------------+
| Description | Value |
+---------------------------+-----------------+
| Name | RADIUS Server |
| Type | radius |
| Server Address | 10.62.167.194 |
| Fallback permission group | admin |
| Server Port | 1812 |
| Timeout | 30 |
| Group Attribute | 1 |
| Secret | ***** |
| Group Vendor | 1476 |
| NAS Identifier | Internal RADIUS |
| NAS IP address | 127.0.0.1 |
+---------------------------+-----------------+
*** example TACACS+ server ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name Authenticator-7F1D-A1K3-1PO4-VSEF
+---------------------------+------------------+
| Description | Value |
+---------------------------+------------------+
| Name | TACACS+ Server |
| Type | tacacs_plus |
| Server Address | 10.62.167.195 |
| Authentication Type | pap |
| Fallback permission group | admin |
| Server Port | 49 |
| Timeout | 30 |
| Group Field | permission-group |
| Secret | ***** |
| Group Service | Hoobland |
+---------------------------+------------------+
Related Commands
ssc vtm-admin-ca create, ssc vtm-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator update radius auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
show ssc vtm-permission-group
Displays details for a specified vTM permission group.
Syntax
show ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name permission-group
Parameters
pg-name permission-group
Specify the required permission-group.
Usage Guidelines
This command is also available in user and enable mode.
There are four default permission groups (admin, Demo, Monitoring and Guest), and you can create additional vTM permission groups, see ssc vtm-permission-group list.
Each permission supports the following access levels: ro (read-only), full.
Where a permission branch node and all of its leaf nodes share a permission, only the permission branch node and its access level are displayed.
Where all permissions share a single access level, the permission "all" is used. The admin permission group has this setting by default.
Examples
*** show permissions for the admin group ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name admin
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Parameter | Value | |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Name | admin | |
| Unique Name | admin | |
| Description | Full access to all pages | |
| Timeout | 30 | |
| Permissions: | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Permission String | Access |
| | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | all | full |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
*** show permissions for the Demo group ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name Demo
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Parameter | Value | |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Name | Demo | |
| Unique Name | Demo | |
| Description | Full access, except to user management / system | |
| Timeout | 30 | |
| Permissions: | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Permission String | Access |
| | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Access_Management | ro |
| | Alerting | full |
| | Appliance_Console | none |
| | Aptimizer | full |
| | Audit_Log | full |
| | Backup | ro |
| | Bandwidth | full |
| | Catalog | full |
| | Config_Summary | full |
| | Configure | full |
| | Connections | full |
| | Custom | full |
| | DateTime | ro |
| | Diagnose | full |
.
.
.
| | Rules | full |
| | SLM | full |
| | SNMP | ro |
| | SOAP_API | none |
| | SSL | full |
| | Security | ro |
| | Service_Protection | full |
| | Shutdown | ro |
| | Statd | full |
| | Support | full |
| | Traffic_IP_Groups | full |
| | Traffic_Managers | full |
| | Traffic_Managers!AddRemove | none |
| | Traffic_Managers!Upgrade | none |
| | Virtual_Servers | full |
| | Web_Cache | full |
| | Web_Cache!Clear | none |
| | Wizard | full |
| | Wizard!Backup | none |
| | Wizard!ClusterJoin | none |
| | Wizard!FreeDiskSpace | none |
| | Wizard!Restore | none |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
*** show permissions for the Guest group ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name Guest
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Parameter | Value | |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Name | Guest | |
| Unique Name | Guest | |
| Description | Read-only access | |
| Timeout | 30 | |
| Permissions: | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Permission String | Access |
| | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Access_Management | ro |
| | Alerting | ro |
| | Appliance_Console | none |
| | Aptimizer | ro |
| | Audit_Log | none |
| | Backup | ro |
| | Bandwidth | ro |
| | Catalog | ro |
| | Config_Summary | ro |
| | Configure | ro |
| | Connections | full |
| | Custom | ro |
| | DateTime | ro |
| | Diagnose | ro |
| | Draining | ro |
.
.
.
| | Rate | ro |
| | Reboot | ro |
| | Request_Logs | ro |
| | Restart | ro |
| | Rules | ro |
| | SLM | ro |
| | SNMP | ro |
| | SOAP_API | none |
| | SSL | ro |
| | Security | ro |
| | Service_Protection | ro |
| | Shutdown | ro |
| | Statd | full |
| | Support | ro |
| | Traffic_IP_Groups | ro |
| | Traffic_Managers | ro |
| | Traffic_Managers!AddRemove | none |
| | Traffic_Managers!Upgrade | none |
| | Virtual_Servers | ro |
| | Web_Cache | full |
| | Web_Cache!Clear | none |
| | Wizard | ro |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
*** show permissions for the Monitoring group ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name Monitoring
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Parameter | Value | |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Name | Monitoring | |
| Unique Name | Monitoring | |
| Description | Access only to config summary / monitoring pages | |
| Timeout | 30 | |
| Permissions: | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Permission String | Access |
| | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Access_Management | none |
| | Access_Management!LocalUsers!Edit | full |
| | Access_Management!LocalUsers!EditOtherUsers | none |
| | Alerting | none |
| | Appliance_Console | none |
| | Aptimizer | none |
| | Audit_Log | none |
| | Backup | none |
| | Bandwidth | none |
| | Catalog | none |
| | Config_Summary | full |
| | Configure | none |
| | Connections | full |
| | Custom | none |
.
.
.
| | Request_Logs | none |
| | Restart | none |
| | Rules | none |
| | SLM | none |
| | SNMP | none |
| | SOAP_API | none |
| | SSL | none |
| | Security | none |
| | Service_Protection | none |
| | Shutdown | none |
| | Statd | full |
| | Support | none |
| | Traffic_IP_Groups | none |
| | Traffic_Managers | none |
| | Virtual_Servers | none |
| | Web_Cache | full |
| | Web_Cache!Clear | none |
| | Wizard | none |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
Related Commands
ssc vtm-permission-group create pg-name, ssc vtm-permission-group list, ssc vtm-permission-group update pg-name
snmp-server acl
Configures changes to the View-Based Access Control Model (VACM) ACL configuration.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server acl group name security-level level read-view name
Parameters
group name
Specify the name of the SNMP server community.
security-level level
Specify the security level for this ACL entry.
•noauth: Does not authenticate packets and does not use privacy. This is the default setting.
•auth: Authenticates packets but does not use privacy.
•authpriv: Authenticates packets and uses privacy.
This setting determines whether a single atomic message exchange is authenticated.
A security level applies to a group, not to an individual user.
read-view name
Specify that read requests will be restricted to this view.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables an SNMP server community.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server acl group ReadOnly security-level auth read-view ReadOnly
Related Commands
snmp-server community
Sets an SNMP read-only server community.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server community name
Parameters
name
Specify the name of the SNMP server community.
The # and - characters are not allowed at the beginning of the <name> argument. If you use either of these characters at the beginning of the <name> argument, the CLI returns the following error message:
% Invalid SNMP community name
Usage Guidelines
You can still access the entire MIB tree from any source host using this setting. If you do not want this type of access, you must delete this option and configure the security name for SNMP ACL support. For details, see snmp-server host.
This community string overrides any VACM settings.
The no command option disables an SNMP server community.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server community ReaDonLy
Related Commands
snmp-server contact
Sets the SNMP server contact.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server contact name
Parameters
name
Specify the user name of the SNMP server community contact.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server contact.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server contact john doe
Related Commands
snmp-server enable
Enables an SNMP server.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server enable | [traps]
Parameters
traps
Enables sending of SNMP traps from this system.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server or traps.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server enable traps
Related Commands
snmp-server group
Configures the View Access Control Model (VACM) group configuration.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server group group security-name name security-model model
Parameters
group group
Specify a group name.
security-name name
Specify a name to identify a requester (allowed to issue gets and sets) or a recipient (allowed to receive traps) of management data. The security name is also required to make changes to the VACM security name configuration.
security-model model
Specify one of the following security models:
•v1: Enables SNMPv1 security model.
•v2c: Enables SNMPv2c security model.
•usm: Enables User-based Security Model (USM).
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server group.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server group rvbdgrp security-name pulse security-model v1
Related Commands
snmp-server host
Configures hosts to which to send SNMP traps.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server host {hostname | IPv4-addr | IPv6-addr} traps community-string
Parameters
hostname | IPv4-addr | IPv6-addr
Specify the hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address for the SNMP server.
traps community-string
Send traps to the specified host. Specify the password-like community string to control access. Use a combination of uppercase, lowercase, and numerical characters to reduce the chance of unauthorized access to the appliance. The # and - characters are not allowed at the beginning of the <community string> argument.
If you specify a read-only community string, it takes precedence over this community name and allows users to access the entire MIB tree from any source host. If this is not desired, delete the read-only community string.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server host.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server host 10.0.0.1 traps public
Related Commands
snmp-server host version
Configures the SNMP version of traps to send to the host.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server host {hostname | IPv4-addr | IPv6-addr} traps version { 1 | 2 c | 3 remote-user name} password encrypted key auth-protocol {MD5 | SHA} security-level {noauth | auth | authpriv} | plain-text text auth-protocol MD5 | SHA [ security-level {noauth | auth | authpriv}] | [priv-protocol {AES | DES} priv-key {encrypted key | plaintext text}] [port port]
Parameters
hostname-or-ip-addr
Specify the hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address for the SNMP server.
traps
Send traps to the specified host.
version
Specify the SNMP version of traps to send to this host:
•1: Specifies SNMPv1.
•2c: Specifies SNMPv2c.
•3: Specifies SNMPv3. This setting requires the remote-user property to be set.
remote-user name
For SNMPv3 specify the user name.
password
Specify the password type:
•encrypted: Enable encrypted password authentication. Thisa require
•plaintext: Enable plain-text password authentication.
encrypted key
For SNMPv3 specify the user password.
auth-protocol
Specify the authorization protocol:
•MD5: Enable MD5 security protocol.
•SHA: Enable SHA security protocol.
security-level
Specify the security level:
•noauth: Specify no authorization required.
•auth: Specify authorization required.
•authpriv: Specify authorization and privacy required.
priv-protocol
Specify the privacy protocol:
•AES: Specify CFB128-AES-128 as the privacy protocol.
•DES: Specify CBC-DES as the privacy protocol.
priv-key
Specify the privacy key:
•encrypted key: Specify encrypted privacy key.
•plaintext text: Specify plain-text privacy key. The plain-text privacy key must be at least 8 characters.
port port
Optionally, specify the destination port.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server host.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server host 10.0.0.1 traps version 1 "public 99162?" port 1234
Related Commands
show snmp, snmp-server community, snmp-server security-name
snmp-server ifindex
Adds a custom index value for an interface.
Syntax
snmp-server ifindex interface index
Parameters
interface
Specify the interface: wan0_0, lan0_0, wan0_1, lan0_1, primary, aux, inpath0_0, inpath0_1
index
Specify the index.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server ifindex aux 1234
Related Commands
snmp-server ifindex-persist
Enables persistent SNMP interface indexes.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server ifindex-persist
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server group.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server ifindex-persist
Related Commands
snmp-server ifindex-reset
Resets the ifindex values of all interfaces to the factory default value.
Syntax
snmp-server ifindex-reset
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server ifindex-reset
Related Commands
snmp-server listen enable
Enables SNMP server interface restrictions (that is, it enables access control and blocks requests on all the interfaces).
Syntax
[no] snmp-server listen enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables SNMP interface restrictions.
SNMP interface restrictions are not available through the Management Console.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server listen enable
Related Commands
snmp-server listen interface
Adds an interface to the SNMP server access restriction list.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server listen interface interface
Parameters
interface
Specify the interface: primary, aux, inpath0_0, rios_lan0_0, rios_wan0_0
Usage Guidelines
If the list of interfaces is empty, none of the interfaces respond to the queries. If the list of interfaces has at least one entry, then the server listens on that subset of interfaces.
To add an interface to the list to listen on:
snmp-server listen interface primary
To remove an interface from the list:
no snmp-server listen interface <interface>
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server listen interface aux
Related Commands
snmp-server location
Sets the value for the system location variable in the MIB.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server location ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address of the system.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the SNMP server location.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server location 10.10.10.1
Related Commands
snmp-server security-name
Configures the SNMP security name.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server security-name name community community-string source IPv4-addr | IPv6-addr netmask
Parameters
name
Specify the security name.
community community-string
Specify the password-like community string to control access. Use a combination of uppercase, lowercase, and numerical characters to reduce the chance of unauthorized access to the appliance. Community strings allow printable 7-bit ASCII characters except for white spaces. Community strings can not begin with ’#’ or ’-’.
If you specify a read-only community string, it takes precedence over this community name and allows users to access the entire MIB tree from any source host. If this is not desired, delete the read-only community string.
source IPv4-addr | IPv6-addr netmask
Specify the source IPv4 address or IPv6 address and netmask.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the trap interface.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server security-name pulse community public source 10.1.2.3/24
Related Commands
snmp-server trap-interface
Configures the system to use the IP address of the specified interface in the SNMP trap header.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server trap-interface interface
Parameters
interface
Specify the interface.
Usage Guidelines
The trap interface setting sets which interface IP address is used in the agent-address header field of SNMP v1 trap Protocol Data Units (PDUs). It does set the interface for the trap.
Traps are sent out the Primary interface. If the primary interface is physically disconnected, no traps are sent. Traps can be sent out the auxiliary interface if the trap receiver is reachable from the auxiliary interface.
The no command option disables the trap interface.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server trap-interface aux
Related Commands
snmp-server trap-test
Generates an SNMP trap test.
Syntax
snmp-server trap-test
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to send a sample trap test to ensure that the SNMP server is monitoring the appliance.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server trap-test
Related Commands
snmp-server user
Configures changes to the User-Based Security (UBS) model.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server user name password {encrypted key | plaintext text} auth-protocol {MD5 | SHA} [priv-protocol {AES | DES} priv-key {encrypted key | plain-text text}]
Parameters
name
Specify the user name.
password
Specify the password type:
•encrypted key: Enable encrypted password authentication.
•plaintext text: Enable plain-text password authentication. The plain-text password must be at least 8 characters.
auth-protocol
Specify the authorization protocol:
•MD5: Enable MD5 security protocol.
•SHA: Enable SHA security protocol.
priv-protocol
Specify the privacy protocol:
•AES: Specify CFB128-AES-128 as the privacy protocol.
•DES: Specify CBC-DES as the privacy protocol.
priv-key
Specify the privacy key:
•encrypted key: Specify encrypted privacy key.
•plaintext text: Specify plain-text privacy key. The plain-text privacy key must be at least 8 characters.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this option.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server user testuser password plain-text testpass auth-protocol SHA
Related Commands
snmp-server view
Configures changes to the View-based Access Control Model (VACM) configuration.
Syntax
[no] snmp-server view name [excluded | included] oid
Parameters
name
Specify the user name.
excluded
View option. Excludes an oid sub-tree from this view.
included
View option. Includes an OID subtree into this view.
oid
Specify the object ID. For example: .1.3.6.1.2.1.1 or .iso.org.dod.internet.mgmt.mib-2.system
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this option.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # snmp-server view joedoe included .1.3.6.1.2.1.1
Related Commands
ssc access-profile add-perm-group
Adds a permission group to a specified access profile.
Syntax
ssc access-profile add-perm-group access-profile-name access-profile-name perm-group-name permission-group-name
Parameters
access-profile-name
Specify the name of an existing access profile.
permission-group-name
Specify the name of a single permission group to add to the access profile.
Usage Guidelines
This command only enables you to add one permission group at a time. To add additional permission groups to the same access profile, repeat this command for each permission group.
Examples
*** confirm access profile has no permission groups ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "RADIUS All"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | RADIUS All |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-H4U5-3SIR-7VUV-2AG8 |
| Authenticator | RADIUS Server |
| Permission Groups | |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
*** add the "admin" permission group to access profile ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc access-profile add-perm-group access-profile-name "RADIUS All" perm-group-name admin
+-----------------------------------+
| Updated |
+-----------------------------------+
| Access profile RADIUS All updated |
+-----------------------------------+
*** confirm outcome ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "RADIUS All"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | RADIUS All |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-H4U5-3SIR-7VUV-2AG8 |
| Authenticator | RADIUS Server |
| Permission Groups | admin |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
*** add a second permission group to the same access profile ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc access-profile add-perm-group access-profile-name "RADIUS All" perm-group-name Guest
+-----------------------------------+
| Updated |
+-----------------------------------+
| Access profile RADIUS All updated |
+-----------------------------------+
*** confirm outcome ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "RADIUS All"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | RADIUS All |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-H4U5-3SIR-7VUV-2AG8 |
| Authenticator | RADIUS Server |
| Permission Groups | admin |
| | Guest |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc access-profile, ssc access-profile create access-profile-name, ssc access-profile list, ssc access-profile remove-perm-group, ssc access-profile update access-profile-name
ssc access-profile create access-profile-name
Creates an access profile and associates it with an authenticator.
Syntax
ssc access-profile create access-profile-name access-profile-name auth-name authenticator-name
Parameters
access-profile-name
Specify the name of the new access profile.
authenticator-name
Specify the name of an existing authenticator.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not support the addition of permission groups, see ssc access-profile create access-profile-name.
Use the no ssc access-profile access-profile-name command to delete an access profile.
Examples
*** create an access profile ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc access-profile create access-profile-name "RADIUS All" auth-name "RADIUS Server"
+-----------------------------------+
| Created |
+-----------------------------------+
| Access profile RADIUS All created |
+-----------------------------------+
*** delete an access profile ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc access-profile access-profile-name "LDAP Read-Only"
+---------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+---------------------------------------+
| Access profile LDAP Read-Only deleted |
+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc access-profile, ssc access-profile add-perm-group, ssc access-profile list, ssc access-profile remove-perm-group, ssc access-profile update access-profile-name
ssc access-profile list
Displays a list of all defined access profiles.
Syntax
ssc access-profile list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc access-profile list
+-----------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+-----------------+------------------------------------+
| LDAP All | Access-Profile-ZRVA-MXIE-MI92-U787 |
| LDAP Read-Only | Access-Profile-DAUH-F3NU-XYYA-MISP |
| LDAP Monitoring | Access-Profile-YJ5M-HGIR-B8PZ-C0XU |
| RADIUS All | Access-Profile-H4U5-3SIR-7VUV-2AG8 |
+-----------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc access-profile, ssc access-profile add-perm-group, ssc access-profile create access-profile-name, ssc access-profile remove-perm-group, ssc access-profile update access-profile-name
ssc access-profile remove-perm-group
Removes a permission group from a specified access profile.
Syntax
ssc access-profile remove-perm-group access-profile-name access-profile-name perm-group-name permission-group-name
Parameters
access-profile-name
Specify the name of an existing access profile.
permission-group-name
Specify the name of a single permission group to be removed from the access profile.
Usage Guidelines
This command only enables you to remove one permission group at a time. To remove additional permission groups from the same access profile, repeat this command for each permission group.
Examples
*** show current permission groups in an access-profile ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "RADIUS All"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | RADIUS All |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-H4U5-3SIR-7VUV-2AG8 |
| Authenticator | RADIUS Server |
| Permission Groups | admin |
| | Guest |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
*** remove one of those permission groups ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc access-profile remove-perm-group access-profile-name "RADIUS All" perm-group-name Guest
+-----------------------------------+
| Updated |
+-----------------------------------+
| Access profile RADIUS All updated |
+-----------------------------------+
*** confirm the result ***
amnesiac (config) show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "RADIUS All"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | RADIUS All |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-H4U5-3SIR-7VUV-2AG8 |
| Authenticator | RADIUS Server |
| Permission Groups | admin |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc access-profile, ssc access-profile add-perm-group, ssc access-profile create access-profile-name, ssc access-profile list, ssc access-profile update access-profile-name
ssc access-profile update access-profile-name
Updates the details of an access profile, including the authenticator with which it is associated.
Syntax
ssc access-profile create access-profile-name access-profile-name auth-name authenticator-name
Parameters
access-profile-name
Specify the name of the new access profile.
authenticator-name
Specify the name of an existing authenticator.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not support:
•The addition of permission groups from the profile. See ssc access-profile create access-profile-name.
•The removal of permission groups from the profile. See ssc access-profile update access-profile-name.
Examples
*** show details for an access profile ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "LDAP Monitoring"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | LDAP Monitoring |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-YJ5M-HGIR-B8PZ-C0XU |
| Authenticator | LDAP Server |
| Permission Groups | Guest |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
*** update the name of the access profile ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc access-profile update access-profile-name "LDAP Monitoring" new-access-profile-name "LDAP Statistics"
+----------------------------------------+
| Updated |
+----------------------------------------+
| Access profile LDAP Monitoring updated |
+----------------------------------------+
*** confirm the change ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc access-profile access-profile-name "LDAP Statistics"
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Description | Value |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
| Name | LDAP Statistics |
| Unique ID | Access-Profile-YJ5M-HGIR-B8PZ-C0XU |
| Authenticator | LDAP Server |
| Permission Groups | Guest |
+-------------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc access-profile, ssc access-profile add-perm-group, ssc access-profile create access-profile-name, ssc access-profile list, ssc access-profile remove-perm-group
ssc action list
Lists Services Director actions.
Syntax
ssc action list
Usage Guidelines
The Services Director can carry out the following actions on Traffic Manager instances:
•deploy an instance with specified parameters
•start and stop an instance
•uninstall an instance
•upgrade an instance
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc action list
+--------+
| Action |
+--------+
| 1 |
+--------+
Related Commands
ssc action update template-name
Updates a Services Director action based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc action update template-name name | [action-name name] | [action-args] | [ status [ Waiting | Pending | Blocked ] ]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
action-name name
Specify the action name.
action-args
Optionally, specify one or more action arguments to be modified in the new template.
status
Specify the status:
•Waiting:
If the action fails and the underlying problems have been corrected change the status of the original action to Waiting to cause the action to be re-queued and re-tried.
•Pending: If an instance is associated with a failed or blocked action.
•Blocked: If an instance is associated with a blocked action.
Usage Guidelines
Updates an action with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc action update action-template test status Waiting
Related Commands
ssc action update action-name
Updates a Services Director action.
Syntax
ssc action update action-name name status [Waiting | Pending | Blocked] | [Waiting | Pending | Blocked]
Parameters
name
Specify the action name.
status
Specify the status:
•Waiting:
If the action fails and the underlying problems have been corrected change the status of the original action to Waiting to cause the action to be re-queued and re-tried.
•Pending: If an instance is associated with a failed or blocked action.
•Blocked: If an instance is associated with a blocked action.
Usage Guidelines
When a life cycle action is unsuccessful, you might need to intervene to determine the cause of the problem. Each action is recorded in the inventory database. After any underlying problems have been rectified, the action can be re-tried in one of two ways:
•The original action can have its status changed to Waiting so that the action is re-queued and re-tried.
•The instance can have its status changed to a desired status and the system deletes the old action and queues an entirely new action based on the status.
Use the no ssc action action-name <name> command to delete an action.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc action update action-name test status Waiting
Related Commands
ssc analytics-profile create
Creates a new analytics profile resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc analytics-profile create logs-to-export log-list [tag value] [txn-export Boolean]
Parameters
logs-to-export
A comma-separated list of identifiers for log-export resources. By default, this list can include the following log-export resources:
•Audit Log
•Application Firewall
•Process Monitor
•Admin Server Access
•System - syslog
•Event Log
•Routing Software
•Data Plane Acceleration
•System - authentication log
For example: "Audit Log","Event Log","System - authentication log"
For details of these logs, see the Virtual Traffic Manager documentation.
tag
(Optional) The customer-facing name for the analytics-profile resource. If this is not set, the tag is set to the UUID value for the resource.
txn-export
(Optional) If true, the analytics profile will record that transaction data is enabled. This ensures that any vTM configured using this profile will transmit transaction data (in addition to its assigned logs) to its assigned endpoint.
Examples
*** list all analytics profiles ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+----------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR | Event |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+----------------+
*** create an analytics profile that combines Audit, Events and System ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile create logs-to-export "Audit Log","Event Log","System - authentication log" tag "Audit + Event + System" txn-export true
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------------------+
| tag | Audit + Event + System |
| enable_transaction_export | True |
| vtm_logs_to_export | Audit Log, Event Log, System - authentication log |
| analytics_profile_id | Analytics-Profile-V613-KAI2-4N49-MTL6 |
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------------------+
*** list all analytics profiles to confirm creation ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR | Event |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-V613-KAI2-4N49-MTL6 | Audit + Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc analytics-profile, ssc analytics-profile delete, ssc analytics-profile list, ssc analytics-profile update
ssc analytics-profile delete
Delete a specified analytics profile resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc analytics-profile delete id profile-id
Parameters
id profile-id
The identifier for the analytics profile resource, either its tag or its UUID.
Examples
*** list all analytics profiles ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR | Event |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-V613-KAI2-4N49-MTL6 | Audit + Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
*** delete an analytics profile ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile delete id Event
+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
| Analytics Profile Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR deleted |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
*** List all analytics profiles to confirm deletion ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-V613-KAI2-4N49-MTL6 | Audit + Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc analytics-profile, ssc analytics-profile create, ssc analytics-profile list, ssc analytics-profile update
ssc analytics-profile list
Lists all analytics profile resources. These resources are used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc analytics-profile list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR | Event |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-V613-KAI2-4N49-MTL6 | Audit + Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc analytics-profile, ssc analytics-profile create, ssc analytics-profile delete, ssc analytics-profile update
ssc analytics-profile update
Updates an analytics profile resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc analytics-profile update id profile-id [logs-to-export log-list] [tag value] [txn-export Boolean]
Parameters
id profile-id
Specify a unique identifier for the analytics profile, either its tag or UUID.
logs-to-export
A comma-separated list of identifiers for log-export resources. By default, this list can include the following log-export resources:
•Audit Log
•Application Firewall
•Process Monitor
•Admin Server Access
•System - syslog
•Event Log
•Routing Software
•Data Plane Acceleration
•System - authentication log
For example: "Audit Log","Event Log","System - authentication log"
For details of these logs, see the Virtual Traffic Manager documentation.
tag
The customer-facing name for the analytics-profile resource. If this is not set, the tag is set to the UUID value for the resource.
txn-export
If true, the analytics profile will record that transaction data is enabled. This ensures that any vTM configured using this profile will transmit transaction data (in addition to its assigned logs) to its assigned endpoint.
Examples
*** list all analytics profiles ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile list
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
| Analytics-Profile-6IQG-F6UQ-8C11-7G8F | Audit + System |
| Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR | Event |
| Analytics-Profile-XNAH-H9J1-0MQM-BK59 | Audit |
| Analytics-Profile-I6DJ-RRQV-KQ5Z-HY7J | Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-V613-KAI2-4N49-MTL6 | Audit + Event + System |
| Analytics-Profile-SXSR-UCDA-JJDS-1Q3K | Audit + Event |
| Analytics-Profile-CHM8-D0PC-58BW-I8GI | System |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------+
*** View properties for a specific analytics profile ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc analytics-profile id Event
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------+
| tag | Event |
| enable_transaction_export | True |
| vtm_logs_to_export | Event Log |
| analytics_profile_id | Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR |
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------+
*** Update properties for this analytics profile, and confirm change ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc analytics-profile update id Event txn-export false
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------+
| tag | Event |
| enable_transaction_export | False |
| vtm_logs_to_export | Event Log |
| analytics_profile_id | Analytics-Profile-F5V3-S912-G3UP-HPNR |
+---------------------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc analytics-profile, ssc analytics-profile create, ssc analytics-profile delete, ssc analytics-profile list
ssc app-template import
Import an application template (a .ZIP file) into Services Director.
Syntax
ssc app-template import template-url URL
Usage Guidelines
The no ssc app-template command deletes an imported application template.
Parameters
URL
URL of the application template.
Examples
*** view empty list of application templates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template list
+-----------------+
| Message |
+-----------------+
| No record found |
+-----------------+
*** import an application template ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template import template-url http://example.com/example_filepath/example_filename.zip
+---------------------------------------+
| Imported |
+---------------------------------------+
| Imported "Http Service Template__1.0" |
+---------------------------------------+
*** confirm the addition of an application template ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template list
+----------------------------+
| Templates |
+----------------------------+
| Http Service Template__1.0 |
+----------------------------+
*** delete specific application template ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc app-template template-name "Http Service Template__1.0"
+---------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+---------------------------------------------+
| Template Http Service Template__1.0 deleted |
+---------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc app-template , show ssc app-template-instance, ssc app-template list, ssc app-template-instance create, ssc app-template-instance list, ssc app-template-instance update
ssc app-template list
Lists all application template resources.
Syntax
ssc app-template list
Usage Guidelines
The no ssc app-template command deletes an imported application template.
Examples
*** list application templates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template list
+----------------------------+
| Templates |
+----------------------------+
| Http Service Template__1.0 |
+----------------------------+
*** delete application template ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc app-template template-name "Http Service Template__1.0"
+---------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+---------------------------------------------+
| Template Http Service Template__1.0 deleted |
+---------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc app-template , show ssc app-template-instance, ssc app-template import, ssc app-template-instance create, ssc app-template-instance list, ssc app-template-instance update
ssc app-template-instance create
Instantiate a named application template instance, performing both of the following actions:
•Creates a template instance on Services Director.
•Applies the configuration of the template instance to the specified vTM cluster.
Syntax
ssc app-template-instance create template-instance-name instance-name template-name template-id
cluster-id cluster-id parameters parameters
Usage Guidelines
The no ssc app-template-instance command deletes a template instance.
Parameters
instance-name
Specify a new name for the application template instance.
template-id
Specify a unique identifier for the application template, either its tag or UUID.
cluster-id
Specify a unique identifier for the vTM cluster, either its tag or UUID.
parameters
A list of all parameters for the selected application template.
To automatically populate the command line with parameters from the application template, press the Tab key after you have typed the parameters keyword. You can then update the command line as required before creating the template instance.
Examples
*** show empty instance parameter list ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance list
+-----------------+
| Message |
+-----------------+
| No record found |
+-----------------+
*** create a template instance ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance create
template-instance-name "TK-421"
template-name "Http Service Template__1.0"
cluster-id "Cluster-CRCF-9WDA-T1HE-Z5WS"
parameters '{"instance_name": "Service Name",
"pool_nodes": ["127.0.0.1:80",
"127.0.0.2:80"],
"public_port": 100}'
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------...
| Created
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------...
| data.vtm_pool_nodes_table_table.nodes[0]: Refreshing state...
| data.vtm_pool_nodes_table_table.nodes[1]: Refreshing state...
|
| vtm_pool.pool: Creating...
| auto_scaling_addnode_delaytime: "" => "0"
| auto_scaling_enabled: "" => "false"
| auto_scaling_external: "" => "true"
| auto_scaling_hysteresis: "" => "20"
.
. (system messages: vTM settings)
.
| web_cache_enabled: "" => "false"
| web_cache_error_page_time: "" => "30"
| web_cache_max_time: "" => "600"
| web_cache_refresh_time: "" => "2"
| vtm_virtual_server.virtual_server: Creation complete after 0s ...
|
| Apply complete! Resources: 2 added, 0 changed, 0 destroyed.
|
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------...
*** show all template instances ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance list
+-------------------+
| Template Instance |
--------------------+
| TK-421 |
+-------------------+
*** delete a specific template instance ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc app-template-instance template-instance-name Template-Instance-TJVG-671N-ZHOD-MUKP
+----------------+
| Deleted |
+----------------+
| TK-421 deleted |
+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc app-template , show ssc app-template-instance, ssc app-template import, ssc app-template list, ssc app-template-instance list, ssc app-template-instance update
ssc app-template-instance list
Lists all application template instance resources. Each template instance is identified by a name. If there is no name defined for the instance, the unique template instance identifier is used instead.
Syntax
ssc app-template-instance list
Usage Guidelines
The no ssc app-template-instance command deletes a template instance.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance list
+---------------------------------------+
| Template Instance |
+---------------------------------------+
| Template-Instance-LGBI-671N-ZHOD-T0TA |
+---------------------------------------+
amnesiac (config) # no ssc app-template-instance template-instance-name Template-Instance-LGBI-671N-ZHOD-T0TA
+-----------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-----------------------------------------------+
| Template-Instance-LGBI-671N-ZHOD-T0TA deleted |
+-----------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc app-template , show ssc app-template-instance, ssc app-template import, ssc app-template list, ssc app-template-instance create, ssc app-template-instance update
ssc app-template-instance update
Update an application template instance, and re-apply it to the vTM cluster.
You cannot update the selected vTM cluster using this command. Instead, you should create a new template instance, see ssc app-template-instance create.
Syntax
ssc app-template-instance update template-instance-name instance-name template-name
template-name parameters parameters
Parameters
instance-name
Specify a new name for the application template instance.
template-name
Specify a unique identifier for the application template, either its tag or UUID.
parameters
A formatted list of all parameters for the selected application template.
To automatically populate the command line with parameters from the application template, press the Tab key after you have typed the parameters keyword. You can then update the command line as required before creating the template instance.
Examples
*** view template instance list ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance list
+---------------------------------------+
| Template Instance |
----------------------------------------+
| Template-Instance-TJVG-L0K8-90AO-MUKP |
+---------------------------------------+
*** view details for a specific template instance ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc app-template-instance template-instance-name
Template-Instance-TJVG-L0K8-90AO-MUKP
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
| template_instance_id | Template-Instance-TJVG-L0K8-90AO-MUKP |
| tag | |
| cluster_id | Cluster-CRCF-9WDA-T1HE-Z5WS |
| result | None |
| children | None |
| parameters | { |
| | "instance_name": "Service Name", |
| | "pool_nodes": [ |
| | "127.0.0.1:80", |
| | "127.0.0.2:80" ], |
| | "public_port": 80 |
| | } |
| pending_action | None |
| template_id | Http Service Template__1.0 |
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
*** update the public port for the template instance ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc app-template-instance update
template-instance-name Template-Instance-TJVG-L0K8-90AO-MUKP
parameters '{
"instance_name": "Service Name",
"pool_nodes": ["127.0.0.1:80", "127.0.0.2:80"],
"public_port": 100}'
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------...
| Created
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------...
| data.vtm_pool_nodes_table_table.nodes[0]: Refreshing state...
| data.vtm_pool_nodes_table_table.nodes[1]: Refreshing state...
|
|
| vtm_pool.pool: Creating...
| auto_scaling_addnode_delaytime: "" => "0"
| auto_scaling_enabled: "" => "false"
.
. (system messages: vTM settings)
.
| web_cache_max_time: "" => "600"
| web_cache_refresh_time: "" => "2"
| vtm_virtual_server.virtual_server: Creation complete after 0s ...
|
| Apply complete! Resources: 2 added, 0 changed, 0 destroyed.
|
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------...
*** confirm new public port setting ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc app-template-instance template-instance-name
Template-Instance-TJVG-L0K8-90AO-MUKP
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
| template_instance_id | Template-Instance-TJVG-L0K8-90AO-MUKP |
| tag | |
| cluster_id | Cluster-CRCF-9WDA-T1HE-Z5WS |
| result | None |
| children | None |
| parameters | { |
| | "instance_name": "Service Name", |
| | "pool_nodes": [ |
| | "127.0.0.1:80", |
| | "127.0.0.2:80" ], |
| | "public_port": 100 |
| | } |
| pending_action | None |
| template_id | Http Service Template__1.0 |
+----------------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc app-template , show ssc app-template-instance, ssc app-template import, ssc app-template list, ssc app-template-instance create, ssc app-template-instance list
ssc backup sd-va config clear
Clears the backup service configuration for the Services Director. The configuration of the remote system is unaffected.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va config clear
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va config clear
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va service status
Backup service is not configured
+------------------------------+-------------------------+- ...
| Config | Status | ...
+------------------------------+-------------------------+ ...
| Backup Configuration | Configuration failed | ...
| Restore Remote Configuration | Successfully configured | ...
+------------------------------+-------------------------+ ...
... -----------------------------------------+
... Message |
... -----------------------------------------+
... Services Director is not configured yet |
... None |
... -----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va config update, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va config create
Creates a backup service configuration for the Services Director. Files are backed up to a local location according to a defined backup frequency. These are then synchronized to a remote location using a separate frequency. After synchronizing, a specified number of local files are retained.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va config create remote-sys IP-address remote-sys-path path remote-sys-user user remote-sys-pass password backup-data-trans protocol backup-freq frequency backup-retain number remote-sync-freq frequency
Parameters
remote-sys profile-id
IP address of the remote system.
remote-sys-path path
Remote directory for backup files. For example, "/var/home/root".
remote-sys-user user
Remote username.
remote-sys-pass password
Password for the remote user.
backup-data-trans protocol
The protocol to perform the remote transfer ("scp" or "ftp"). 2
backup-freq frequency
The backup frequency (to local), expressed as a number of units. Units are days (d), hours (h) and minutes (m). For example, "6h" represents six hours.
backup-retain number
The number of local backup files to be retained. For example, 3.
remote-sync-freq frequency
The synchronization frequency (local to remote), expressed as a number of units. Units are days (d), hours (h) and minutes (m). For example, "2d" represents two days.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va config create remote-sys 10.62.166.206 remote-sys-path /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups remote-sys-user sd-backup remote-sys-pass password backup-data-trans scp backup-freq 1m backup-retain 10 remote-sync-freq 5m
Succesfully configured backup configuration for Services Director.
Backup restore remote configuration will be created with the same parameters
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
| remote-sync-freq | 5m |
| backup-data-trans | scp |
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-retain | 10 |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| backup-freq | 1m |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config update, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va config update
Updates the backup service configuration for the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va config update [remote-sys IP-address] | [remote-sys-path path] | [remote-sys-user user] | [remote-sys-pass password] | [backup-data-trans protocol] | [backup-freq frequency] | [backup-retain number] | [remote-sync-freq frequency]
Parameters
remote-sys
IP address of the remote system.
remote-sys-path
Remote directory for backup files. For example, "/var/home/root".
remote-sys-user
Remote username.
remote-sys-pass
Password for the remote user.
backup-data-trans
The protocol to perform the transfer to the remote system ("scp" or "ftp"). 2
backup-freq
The backup frequency (to local), expressed as a number of units. Units are days (d), hours (h) and minutes (m). For example, "6h" represents six hours.
backup-retain
The number of local backup files to be retained. For example, 3.
remote-sync-freq
The synchronization frequency (local to remote), expressed as a number of units. Units are days (d), hours (h) and minutes (m). For example, "2d" represents two days.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va config update backup-freq 2m
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
| remote-sync-freq | 5m |
| backup-data-trans | scp |
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-retain | 10 |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| backup-freq | 2m |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va restore local
Restores the Services Director using a local backup file (created by the Services Director backup service).
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va restore local backup-name filename master-password password
Parameters
backup-name filename
Specify a backup file from the local backup configuration.
master-password password
Specify the master password that was current when the backup was made.
Usage Guidelines
The response from the restore process lists any vTM image files that were referenced in the backup file. These images are not stored with the backup, so you must ensure that they are reloaded if they are no longer present on your system.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va restore local backup-name
backup_10.62.167.199_2015-09-08_18-42-01.zip master-password Bcd4531-22
Warning: Using a password on the command line interface can be insecure.
Services Director configuration successfully restored using backup file
backup_10.62.167.199_2015-09-08_18-42-01.zip
Please restore following vTM images existing in the previous backup file:
ZeusTM_101_Linux-x86_64.tgz
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va restore remote
Restores the Services Director from a remote backup file.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va restore remote backup-name filename master-password password
Parameters
backup-name filename
A backup file from the remote backup configuration.
master-password password
Specify the master password that was current when the backup was made.
Usage Guidelines
The response from the restore process lists any vTM image files that were referenced in the backup file. These images are not stored with the backup, so you must ensure that they are reloaded if they are no longer present on your system.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va restore remote backup-name
backup_10.62.167.199_2015-12-12_06-06-02.zip master-password Bcd4531-22
Warning: Using a password on the command line interface can be insecure.
Services Director configuration successfully restored using backup file
backup_10.62.167.199_2015-12-12_06-06-02.zip
Please restore following vTM images existing in the previous backup file:
ZeusTM_101_Linux-x86_64.tgz
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear
Clears the remote system definition that is used to restore a Services Director.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear
Examples
*** list current remote config ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-data-trans | scp |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
*** clear current config ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear
*** confirm config is clear ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg
+-----------------+
| Message |
+-----------------+
| No record found |
+-----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create
Specifies the remote system from which a restore of the Services Director is performed.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create remote-sys IP-address remote-sys-path path remote-sys-user user remote-sys-pass password backup-data-trans protocol
Parameters
remote-sys
IP address of the remote system.
remote-sys-path
Remote directory for backup files. For example, "/var/home/root".
remote-sys-user
Remote username.
remote-sys-pass
Password for the remote user.
backup-data-trans
The protocol to perform the transfer from the remote system ("scp" or "ftp").
Usage Guidelines
The restore process itself is performed using ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create remote-sys 10.62.166.206 remote-sys-path /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups remote-sys-user sd-backup remote-sys-pass password backup-data-trans scp
Successfully created backup restore remote configuration for Services Director
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-data-trans | scp |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update
Updates the remote system configuration from which a restore of the Services Director is performed.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create [remote-sys IP-address] | [remote-sys-path path] | [remote-sys-user user] | [remote-sys-pass password] | [backup-data-trans protocol]
Parameters
remote-sys
IP address of the remote system.
remote-sys-path
Remote directory for backup files. For example, "/var/home/root".
remote-sys-user
Remote username.
remote-sys-pass
Password for the remote user.
backup-data-trans
The protocol to perform the transfer from the remote system ("scp" or "ftp").
Usage Guidelines
The restore process itself is performed using ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update backup-data-trans ftp
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| remote-sys-user | sd-backup |
| backup-data-trans | ftp |
| remote-sys-path | /space/sd-backup/sd-backup-test/gold-silver-backups |
| remote-sys-pass | ****** |
| remote-sys | 10.62.166.206 |
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va service status, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup sd-va service enable
Enables the backup service for the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va service enable
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc backup sd-va service command to disable the backup service.
Examples
*** enable backup service ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va service enable
Backup service is enabled
*** disable backup service ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup sd-va service
Backup service is disabled
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service status
ssc backup sd-va service status
Displays the status of the backup service for the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc backup sd-va service status
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup sd-va service status
Backup service is configured and running
+------------------------------+-------------------------+---------+
| Config | Status | Message |
+------------------------------+-------------------------+---------+
| Backup Configuration | Successfully configured | None |
| Restore Remote Configuration | Successfully configured | None |
+------------------------------+-------------------------+---------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup sd-va config, ssc backup sd-va config clear, ssc backup sd-va config create, ssc backup sd-va restore local, ssc backup sd-va restore remote, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg clear, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg create, ssc backup sd-va restore remotecfg update, ssc backup sd-va service enable
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backup now
Performs an immediate backup for the specified cluster.
Syntax
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name cluster-id backup now
Parameters
cluster-id
Specify the name of the required cluster.
Usage Guidelines
The cluster must have a defined backup schedule for this command to succeed.
When this command is used, a task is created to perform the backup.
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id> command to check the status of the backup task.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backup now
Please check the status of the current task using "show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id>"
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Task | Details |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | pending |
| backup_id | |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 15:11:31.036461 |
| task_subtype | backup now |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-CY7G-X5AB-G0SK-NX5L |
| instance_id | |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name restore backup-name
For a specified cluster, restores an existing backup from that cluster.
Syntax
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name source_cluster-id restore backup-name backup_id target-cluster target_cluster_id
Parameters
source_cluster-id
Specify the name of the cluster from which the backup was taken.
backup_id
Specify the name of the required backup.
target_cluster-id
Specify the name of the cluster upon which the backup will be used.
Usage Guidelines
When this command is used, a task is created to perform the restore.
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id> command to check the status of the restore task.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O backup now
Please check the status of the current task using "show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id>"
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Task | Details |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | pending |
| backup_id | |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 15:11:31.036461 |
| task_subtype | backup now |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-CY7G-X5AB-G0SK-NX5L |
| instance_id | |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name task retry
Re-attempt a failed backup task.
Syntax
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name cluster-id task task_id retry
Parameters
cluster-id
Specify the name of the cluster upon which the failed task was performed.
task_id
Specify the name of the failed task.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id> command to check the progress of the task.
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster_id> task <task_id> command to delete a failed task if required.
Examples
*** check task: failed ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name
Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI
+---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------
| status | failed
| backup_id |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 16:48:46
| task_subtype | backup now
| manager | 10.62.169.160
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O
| error_info | Could not select a vTM for backup for cluster Cluster-AQJE-...
| task_type | backup restore
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI
| instance_id |
| cluster_tag |
+---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------
*** retry after bringing REST API back up ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-
QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI retry
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | pending |
| backup_id | |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 16:48:46 |
| task_subtype | backup now |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI |
| instance_id | |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
*** check task: successful ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O task BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | complete |
| backup_id | |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 16:48:46 |
| task_subtype | backup now |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-PQ6B-H5PY-JHVM-ZTYI |
| instance_id | |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name tasks
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name upload backup-name
Transfers a backup file (in TAR format) to a specified Traffic Manager instance. This file is not used in any way.
Syntax
ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name source_cluster-id upload backup-name backup_id target-cluster target_cluster_id target-vTM instance_id
Parameters
source_cluster-id
Specify the name of the cluster from which the backup was taken.
backup_id
Specify the name of the required backup.
target_cluster-id
Specify the name of the cluster upon which the backup will be used.
instance_id
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager instance to which the backup file (in TAR format) will be loaded.
Usage Guidelines
This command only transfers the TAR file to the specified Traffic Manager instance. note: No operations are performed on this backup file when it reaches the specified Traffic Manager instance.
When this command is used, a task is created to perform the restore.
Use the show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id> command to check the status of the restore task.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name Cluster-AQJE-R4HV-QYR1-9F4O upload backup-name Backup-STD3-X1Q4-GTJ3-WX4T target-cluster Cluster-P2WL-IV2B-V8S6-COIY target-instance cerise-01
Please check the status of the current task using "show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name <cluster-name> task <task-id>"
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| Task | Details |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
| status | pending |
| backup_id | Backup-STD3-X1Q4-GTJ3-WX4T |
| creation_date | 2016-06-29 15:24:07.015535 |
| task_subtype | upload |
| manager | 10.62.169.160 |
| cluster_id | Cluster-P2WL-IV2B-V8S6-COIY |
| error_info | None |
| task_type | backup restore |
| task_id | BackupRestoreTask-DBGB-SI8U-TMM7-KPUE |
| instance_id | Instance-2YEE-CLUF-NEA8-NWWB |
| cluster_tag | |
+---------------+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster cluster-name backups
ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule
Creates a backup schedule.
Syntax
ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule schedule_id frequency frequency [offset offset] [backup_time time] [info description]
Parameters
schedule_id
Specify a unique name for the required backup schedule.
frequency frequency
Specify the basic frequency of the backup.
•daily: A daily frequency. This requires a backup_time but not an offset.
•hourly: An hourly frequency. This requires an offset but not a backup_time.
•monthly: A monthly frequency. This requires both an offset and a backup_time.
•weekly: A weekly frequency. This requires both an offset and a backup_time.
•user_defined: A customized frequency. This requires an offset but not a backup_time.
backup_time time
Specify the backup time (HH:MM) for the schedule. This is supported for daily, weekly and monthly schedules only.
offset
Specify an offset for the selected frequency type, which more closely specifies the point at which the backup will be taken:
•For daily schedules, no offset is supported.
•For an hourly schedule, the offsets represent every quarter of an hour, expressed as minutes. That is: 0, 15, 30 and 45.
•For monthly schedules, the offset is the day number on which the backup should be taken. This is limited to between 1 and 28.
•For weekly schedules, the offset is the day of the week on which the backup should be taken. That is: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday. These offset values are displayed as the numbers 0 to 6 when the details for a schedule are displayed.
•For user defined schedules, various offsets are available: 15min, hour, 12hour, week, month.
info description
Optionally, specify a description for the schedule.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule <schedule_id> command to delete a specified schedule. You cannot delete a schedule that is in use.
Once the schedule is created, you can associate it with one or more clusters using the ssc cluster create cluster-name <cluster_id> schedule <schedule_id> command.
Examples
*** create a daily backup schedule ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule sched-daily-01 frequency daily backup_time 10:10 info "Daily backup schedule"
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Daily backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-MF06-31XX-0JWF-55R1 |
| tag | sched-daily-01 |
| frequency | daily |
| backup_time | 10:10 |
| offset | 100 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
*** create an hourly backup schedule ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule sched-hourly-01 frequency hourly offset 30 info "Hourly backup schedule"
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Hourly backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-60V4-PWWB-I6M7-OMVA |
| tag | sched-hourly-01 |
| frequency | hourly |
| backup_time | N/A |
| offset | 30 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
*** create a monthly backup schedule ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule sched-monthly-01 frequency monthly offset 11 backup_time 11:30 info "Monthly (11th) backup schedule"
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Monthly (11th) backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-F7AP-X5GP-Y974-WWF7 |
| tag | sched-monthly-01 |
| frequency | monthly |
| backup_time | 11:30 |
| offset | 11 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
*** create a weekly backup schedule ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule sched-weekly-01 frequency weekly offset Wednesday backup_time 17:50 info "Weekly backup schedule"
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Weekly backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-LOUK-W5ZF-IAHR-M8KM |
| tag | sched-weekly-01 |
| frequency | weekly |
| backup_time | 17:50 |
| offset | 2 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
*** create a custom backup schedule ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule sched-user-01 frequency user_defined offset 12hour info "12-hourly backup schedule"
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | 12-hourly backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-PSYD-B5VS-1RY6-2TLA |
| tag | sched-user-01 |
| frequency | userdefined |
| backup_time | 14:16 |
| offset | 720 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
*** delete a schedule: successful ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule sched-monthly-02
Schedule deleted sucessfully
*** delete a schedule: unsuccessful, as already in use ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc backup vtm-cluster schedule sched-daily-01
Failed to delete schedule (Cannot purge a resource that is in use)
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc backup vtm-cluster update schedule, ssc cluster update cluster-name
ssc backup vtm-cluster update schedule
Updates a backup schedule.
Syntax
ssc backup vtm-cluster update schedule schedule_id [new_name new_schedule_id] [frequency frequency] [offset offset] [backup_time time] [info description]
Parameters
schedule_id
Specify the required backup schedule.
new_name new_schedule_id
Optionally, specify a new name for the schedule. This is supported for all schedules.
frequency frequency
Optionally, specify a new frequency for the backup.
•daily: A daily frequency. This requires a backup_time but not an offset.
•hourly: An hourly frequency. This requires an offset but not a backup_time.
•monthly: A monthly frequency. This requires both an offset and a backup_time.
•weekly: A weekly frequency. This requires both an offset and a backup_time.
•user_defined: A customized frequency. This requires an offset but not a backup_time.
backup_time time
Optionally, specify a new backup time (HH:MM) for the schedule. This is supported for daily, weekly and monthly schedules only.
offset
Optionally, specify a new offset for the selected frequency type, which more closely specifies the point at which the backup will be taken:
•For daily schedules, no offset is supported.
•For an hourly schedule, the offsets represent every quarter of an hour, expressed as minutes. That is: 0, 15, 30 and 45.
•For monthly schedules, the offset is the day number on which the backup should be taken. This is limited to between 1 and 28.
•For weekly schedules, the offset is the day of the week on which the backup should be taken. That is: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday. These offset values are displayed as the numbers 0 to 6 when the details for a schedule are displayed.
•For user defined schedules, various offsets are available: 15min, hour, 12hour, week, month.
info description
Optionally, specify a new description for the schedule.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule <schedule_id> command to delete a specified schedule. You cannot delete a schedule that is in use.
You can associate a schedule with one or more clusters using the ssc cluster create cluster-name <cluster_id> schedule <schedule_id> command.
Examples
ssc backup vtm-cluster update schedule sched-weekly-01 offset Wednesday backup_time 12:20
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
| info | Weekly backup schedule |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-LOUK-W5ZF-IAHR-M8KM |
| tag | sched-weekly-01 |
| frequency | weekly |
| backup_time | 12:20 |
| offset | 2 |
+-------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc backup vtm-cluster update schedule, ssc cluster update cluster-name
ssh client generate identity user
Generates SSH client identity keys for the specified user. SSH provides secure log in for Windows and UNIX clients and servers.
Syntax
ssh client generate identity user user
Parameters
user
Specify the client user login.
Usage Guidelines
The no ssh client identity user <user> command disables SSH client identity keys for a specified user.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh client generate identity user test
Related Commands
ssh client user authorized-key key sshv2
Sets the RSA encryption method by RSA Security and authorized-key for the SSH user.
Syntax
[no] ssh client user user authorized-key key sshv2 public-key
Parameters
user
Specify the user name. Must be an existing local user.
public-key
Specify the public key for SSH version 2 for the specified SSH user.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the authorized-key encryption method.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh client user admin authorized-key key sshv2 MyPublicKey
Related Commands
ssc cloud-reg create
Creates a cloud registration resource on the Services Director. This is required during automated self-registration of vTMs.
Syntax
ssc cloud-reg create reg-policy registration-policy [e-mail email-address] [owner owner] [[tag name]
Parameters
reg-policy registration-policy
Select a self-registration policy for the cloud registration resource. This is the self-registration policy that will be used during the evaluation of a cloud-based vTM's self-registration.
e-mail email-address
Optionally, specify a valid e-mail address that will be used to contact an administrator if required.
owner
Specify an owner for the cloud registration resource. This property is optional when the resource is created, but there is a mandatory validation of this property during the evaluation of a cloud-based vTM's self-registration.
tag
Optionally, enter a unique name for the cloud registration resource.
Usage Guidelines
Once you have created the cloud registration resource, you must use the show ssc cloud-reg user-data command to display the user data for the cloud registration resource. This text is required during the AWS instance creation wizard for the first cloud-based vTM in a cluster. See the Pulse Secure Services Director Getting Started Guide for full details of this process.
You cannot update a cloud registration resource once it is created.
Examples
*** list cloud registration resources ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg list
+-----------------+
| Message |
+-----------------+
| No record found |
+-----------------+
*** create a new cloud registration ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg create reg-policy self-reg-01 owner JK tag jk-cloud-reg-01
+---------------------+------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+------------------------------+
| tag | jk-cloud-reg-01 |
| owner | Owner-S5HZ-52G9-HZS2-KIAO |
| email_address | |
| registration_policy | Policy-SH1M-L5BD-5L9L-YFKK |
| date_created | 2016-09-07 13:34:32.404407 |
| user_data_id | UserData-Z28S-AXW9-PAVA-3YE3 |
+---------------------+------------------------------+
*** list cloud registration resources again ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg list
+------------------------------+-----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+------------------------------+-----------------+
| UserData-Z28S-AXW9-PAVA-3YE3 | jk-cloud-reg-01 |
+------------------------------+-----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cloud-reg, show ssc cloud-reg user-data id, ssc cloud-reg delete, ssc cloud-reg list
ssc cloud-reg delete
Deletes a cloud registration resource on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc cloud-reg delete id cloud-reg-id
Parameters
id cloud-reg-id
Select a cloud-registration resource that you want to delete.
Examples
*** list all cloud registration resources ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg list
+------------------------------+-------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+------------------------------+-------------------+
| UserData-ORI9-YXGU-37VY-3OPQ | jk-cloud-reg-01 |
| UserData-NVF1-TLGP-R7EY-RUUY | cloud-reg-demo-01 |
+------------------------------+-------------------+
*** delete a cloud registration resource ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg delete id jk-cloud-reg-01
+---------------------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+---------------------------------------------------------+
| Cloud Registration UserData-ORI9-YXGU-37VY-3OPQ deleted |
+---------------------------------------------------------+
*** list all cloud registration resources again ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg list
+------------------------------+-------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+------------------------------+-------------------+
| UserData-NVF1-TLGP-R7EY-RUUY | cloud-reg-demo-01 |
+------------------------------+-------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cloud-reg, show ssc cloud-reg user-data id, ssc cloud-reg create, ssc cloud-reg list
ssc cloud-reg list
Displays a list of cloud registration resources on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc cloud-reg list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc cloud-reg list
+------------------------------+-------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+------------------------------+-------------------+
| UserData-ORI9-YXGU-37VY-3OPQ | jk-cloud-reg-01 |
| UserData-NVF1-TLGP-R7EY-RUUY | cloud-reg-demo-01 |
+------------------------------+-------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cloud-reg, show ssc cloud-reg user-data id, ssc cloud-reg create, ssc cloud-reg delete
ssc cluster create cluster-name
Creates a User Created Services Director cluster.
Syntax
[no] ssc cluster create cluster-name name [schedule schedule_id] [owner cluster-owner] [analytics-profile profile-id]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the cluster.
schedule schedule_id
Optionally, specify an existing backup schedule for the cluster.
owner owner
Optionally, specify an owner for the cluster.
analytics-profile profile-id
Optionally, specify an analytics profile for the cluster.
Usage Guidelines
This cluster is available for use by deployed vTMs only.
You cannot create a Discovered cluster using the CLI.
To delete an empty cluster, use the no ssc cluster cluster-name command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster create cluster-name JK-Cluster-01 schedule sched-user-01
+----------------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+------------------------------------+
| status | Active |
| next_backup_time | 2017-07-17 02:00:00 |
| share_tips | True |
| cluster_port_offset | None |
| in_use | False |
| cluster_type | User Created |
| user_data | None |
| task | None |
| number_backups | 5 |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-L1X2-UPEN-9O7Q-3X2I |
| tag | JK-Cluster-01 |
| members | [] |
| owner | |
| children | None |
| analytics_profile_id | None |
+----------------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cluster cluster-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc cluster list, ssc cluster update cluster-name
ssc cluster create template-name
Creates a User Created Services Director cluster based on a specified template.
Syntax
ssc cluster create template-name name [cluster-name cluster-id] [owner owner-id] [schedule schedule-id]
Parameters
template-name name
Identify the template you want to use.
cluster-name cluster-id
(Optional) Specify a cluster name. This will be used in preference to any template value.
owner owner-id
(Optional) Specify an owner for the cluster. This will be used in preference to any template value.
schedule schedule-id
(Optional) Specify a backup schedule for the cluster. This will be used in preference to any template value.
Usage Guidelines
Create clusters using parameters in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to create the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
This cluster is available for use by deployed vTMs only.
You cannot create a Discovered cluster using the CLI.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster create template-name cluster-temp cluster-name Example2
+----------------------+--------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+--------------+
| status | Active |
| next_backup_time | None |
| share_tips | True |
| cluster_port_offset | None |
| in_use | False |
| cluster_type | User Created |
| user_data | None |
| task | None |
| number_backups | 5 |
| schedule_id | None |
| tag | Example2 |
| members | [] |
| owner | |
| children | None |
| analytics_profile_id | None |
+----------------------+--------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cluster cluster-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc cluster update template-name
ssc cluster list
Lists current clusters. This includes both Discovered and User Created clusters.
Syntax
ssc cluster list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster list
+-----------------------------+
| Cluster |
+-----------------------------+
| TK-327 |
| Violet-Cluster |
| TK-421 |
| Cluster-A1BQ-V577-V8NY-UIDZ |
+-----------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cluster cluster-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc cluster create cluster-name, ssc cluster update cluster-name
ssc cluster update cluster-name
Updates a Services Director cluster.
Syntax
ssc cluster update cluster-name name [schedule schedule_id] [new-cluster-name name] [status [Active | Inactive]]
Parameters
name
Specify the cluster name.
new-cluster-name
Specify a new tag for the cluster.
schedule
Specify a backup schedule for the cluster.
status [Active | Inactive]
Specify the status of the cluster:
•Active: Activates the cluster.
•Inactive: Deactivates the cluster. A cluster cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. A cluster cannot be reactivated after Inactive status has been specified.
analytics-profile
(Discovered clusters only) Specify an analytics profile for the cluster, using its tag or UUID. See also Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ssc cluster update cluster-name <cluster_id> schedule null command to detach delete the specified schedule.
Adding an analytics profile to a cluster will enable analytics on all vTMs in the cluster, providing that all required resources (analytics profiles, collection endpoints, search endpoints, and log-export resources) are defined. See the Pulse Secure Services Director Getting Started Guide for full details of this process.
Updating the selected analytics profile for a cluster will change the analytics configuration of all vTMs in the cluster.
Examples
*** list all clusters ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster list
+-----------+
| Cluster |
+-----------+
| Vermilion |
| Cerulean |
| Emerald |
+-----------+
*** show properties for a specific cluster ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc cluster cluster-name Cerulean
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
| status | Active |
| next_backup_time | None |
| share_tips | True |
| cluster_port_offset | None |
| in_use | True |
| cluster_type | Discovered |
| user_data | None |
| task | None |
| number_backups | 5 |
| schedule_id | None |
| tag | Cerulean |
| members | [u'Instance-92Y7-JVCE-00TW-UY1N'] |
| owner | Owner-F4MQ-6X5X-S07W-B0RI |
| children | None |
| analytics_profile_id | None |
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
*** update the cluster ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster update cluster-name Cerulean new-cluster-name Cerulean-Cluster
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
| status | Active |
| next_backup_time | None |
| share_tips | True |
| cluster_port_offset | None |
| in_use | True |
| cluster_type | Discovered |
| user_data | None |
| task | None |
| number_backups | 5 |
| schedule_id | None |
| tag | Cerulean-Cluster |
| members | [u'Instance-92Y7-JVCE-00TW-UY1N'] |
| owner | Owner-F4MQ-6X5X-S07W-B0RI |
| children | None |
| analytics_profile_id | None |
+----------------------+-----------------------------------+
*** list all clusters ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster list
+------------------+
| Cluster |
+------------------+
| Vermilion |
| Cerulean-Cluster |
| Emerald |
+------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc cluster cluster-name, show ssc backup vtm-cluster schedules, ssc backup vtm-cluster create schedule
ssc cluster update template-name
Updates a Services Director cluster based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc cluster update template-name template-name [new-cluster-name name] [schedule backup-schedule-id] [analytics-profile profile-id]
Parameters
template-name
Specify the template you want to use.
new-cluster-name
Specify a new tag for the cluster. This will be used in preference to any template value.
schedule
Specify a backup schedule for the cluster. This will be used in preference to any template value.
analytics-profile
(Discovered clusters only) Specify an analytics profile for the cluster, using its tag or UUID. This will be used in preference to any template value. See also Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
Update a cluster with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Adding an analytics profile to a cluster will enable analytics on all vTMs in the cluster, providing that all required resources (analytics profiles, collection endpoints, search endpoints, and log-export resources) are defined. See the Pulse Secure Services Director Getting Started Guide for full details of this process.
Updating the selected analytics profile for a cluster will change the analytics configuration of all vTMs in the cluster.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc cluster update template-name cluster-temp cluster-name Cerulean-Cluster schedule sched-user-01
+----------------------+------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+------------------------------------+
| status | Active |
| next_backup_time | 2017-07-17 02:00:00 |
| share_tips | True |
| cluster_port_offset | None |
| in_use | True |
| cluster_type | Discovered |
| user_data | None |
| task | None |
| number_backups | 5 |
| schedule_id | BackupSchedule-L1X2-UPEN-9O7Q-3X2I |
| tag | Cerulean-Cluster |
| members | [u'Instance-92Y7-JVCE-00TW-UY1N'] |
| owner | Owner-F4MQ-6X5X-S07W-B0RI |
| children | None |
| analytics_profile_id | None |
+----------------------+------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc collection-endpoint create
Creates a new Collection Endpoint resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc collection-endpoint create txn-export-address address txn-tls Boolean log-export-address address auth-type value [auth-username username auth-password password] [auth-token HEC-token] [txn-tls-verify Boolean] [txn-export-cert Certificate] [log-export-cert Certificate] [name value]
Parameters
txn-export-address
The address that transaction data is exported to, in the form <server>:<port>.
For example: demo.com:7090
txn-tls
Indicates whether transaction data requires secure transmission. If true, you must also specify txn-export-cert, and you can optionally specify txn-tls-verify.
log-export-address
The address that log data is exported to, in the form <protocol><server>:<port><filepath>, where <protocol> can be either http:// or https://.
For example: http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector.
If protocol is set to https://, you must also specify log-export-cert.
auth-type value
The required authorization. This can be set to:
•"None": This indicates no authorization is required.
•"Basic": This indicates that basic HTTP authorization is required. You must also specify auth-username and auth-password.
•"Splunk": This indicates that authorization is performed on the Splunk®1 platform. You must also specify auth-token.
auth-username
The username for HTTP Basic authentication. This is required when auth-type is Basic.
auth-password
The password for HTTP Basic authentication. This is required when auth-type is Basic.
auth-token
The HEC authorization token required by the Splunk platform. This is required when auth-type is "Splunk".
txn-tls-verify
(Optional) If true, indicates that verification of the secure connection to the transaction collection endpoint is required.
log-tls-verify
(Optional) If true, indicates that verification of the secure connection to the log collection endpoint is required.
txn-export-cert
The certificate of the transaction export collection endpoint. This is required if txn-tls is true.
log-export-cert
The certificate of the log export collection endpoint. This is required if the <protocol> in log-export-address is https://.
name
(Optional) The customer-facing name for the collection endpoint resource. If this is not set, the tag is set to the UUID value for the resource.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Collection Endpoint resources. Search Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "search-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** add a collection endpoint resource that uses no authorization ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint create txn-export-address demo.com:7090 txn-tls true log-export-address http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector auth-type none log-tls-verify false name JK-Collection-03
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| transaction_tls_verify | False |
| auth_type | none |
| transaction_export_address | demo.com:7090 |
| log_export_address | http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector |
| auth_token | |
| collection_endpoint_id | Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 |
| transaction_endpoint_certificate | |
| transaction_export_tls | True |
| log_endpoint_certificate | |
| tag | JK-Collection-03 |
| log_tls_verify | False |
| auth_password | |
| auth_username | |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** add a collection endpoint resource that uses HTTP-based authorization ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint create txn-export-address demo.com:7091 txn-tls true log-export-address http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector auth-type basic auth-username admin auth-password password name JK-Collection-04
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| transaction_tls_verify | False |
| auth_type | basic |
| transaction_export_address | demo.com:7091 |
| log_export_address | http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector |
| auth_token | |
| collection_endpoint_id | Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 |
| transaction_endpoint_certificate | |
| transaction_export_tls | True |
| log_endpoint_certificate | |
| tag | JK-Collection-04 |
| log_tls_verify | False |
| auth_password | password |
| auth_username | admin |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** add a collection endpoint resource that uses analytics system authorization ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint create txn-export-address demo.com:7092 txn-tls true log-export-address http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector auth-type Splunk auth-token token name JK-Collection-05
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| transaction_tls_verify | False |
| auth_type | Splunk |
| transaction_export_address | demo.com:7092 |
| log_export_address | http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector |
| auth_token | token |
| collection_endpoint_id | Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 |
| transaction_endpoint_certificate | |
| transaction_export_tls | True |
| log_endpoint_certificate | |
| tag | JK-Collection-05 |
| log_tls_verify | False |
| auth_password | |
| auth_username | |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** list all collection endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-Collection-01 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
| Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 | JK-Collection-05 |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc collection-endpoint, ssc collection-endpoint delete, ssc collection-endpoint list, ssc collection-endpoint update
ssc collection-endpoint delete
Delete a Collection Endpoint resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc collection-endpoint delete name endpoint-id
Parameters
name endpoint-id
The identifier for the collection endpoint resource, either its tag or its UUID.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Collection Endpoint resources. Search Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "search-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** list all collection endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-Collection-01 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
| Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 | JK-Collection-05 |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
*** delete an endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint delete name JK-Collection-05
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Analytics Endpoint Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 deleted |
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
*** list all collection endpoints to confirm deletion ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-Collection-01 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc collection-endpoint, ssc collection-endpoint create, ssc collection-endpoint list, ssc collection-endpoint update
ssc collection-endpoint list
Lists all Collection Endpoint resources. These resources are used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc collection-endpoint list
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Collection Endpoint resources. Search Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "search-endpoint" command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-Collection-01 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
| Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 | JK-Collection-05 |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc collection-endpoint, ssc collection-endpoint create, ssc collection-endpoint delete, ssc collection-endpoint update
ssc collection-endpoint update
Updates a Collection Endpoint resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc collection-endpoint update name endpoint-id [txn-export-address address] [txn-tls Boolean] [log-export-address address] [auth-type value] [auth-username username] [auth-password password] [auth-token HEC-token] [txn-tls-verify Boolean] [txn-export-cert Certificate] [log-export-cert Certificate] [new-name value]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique identifier for the collection endpoint, either its tag or UUID.
txn-export-address
The address that transaction data is exported to, in the form <server>:<port>.
For example: demo.com:7090
txn-tls
Indicates whether transaction data requires secure transmission. If true, txn-export-cert is required, and txn-tls-verify is optional.
log-export-address
The address that log data is exported to, in the form <protocol><server>:<port><filepath>, where <protocol> can be either http:// or https://.
For example: http://demo.com:8080/logs/collector.
If protocol is set to https://, log-export-cert is required.
auth-type
The required authorization. This can be set to:
•"None": This indicates no authorization is required.
•"Basic": This indicates that basic HTTP authorization is required. If used, auth-username and auth-password are required.
•"Splunk": This indicates that authorization is performed on the Splunk platform. You must also specify auth-token.
auth-username
The username for HTTP Basic authentication. This is required when auth-type is "Basic".
auth-password
The password for HTTP Basic authentication. This is required when auth-type is "Basic".
auth-token
The HEC token from your Splunk platform. This is required when auth-type is "Splunk".
txn-tls-verify
If true, indicates that verification of the secure connection to the transaction collection endpoint is required.
log-tls-verify
If true, indicates that verification of the secure connection to the log collection endpoint is required.
txn-export-cert
The certificate of the transaction export collection endpoint. This is required if txn-tls is true.
log-export-cert
The certificate of the log export collection endpoint. This is required if the <protocol> in log-export-address is https://.
new-name
(Optional) A replacement name for the collection endpoint resource.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Collection Endpoint resources. Search Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "search-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** list all collection endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-Collection-01 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
| Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 | JK-Collection-05 |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
*** show details for a listed collection endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc collection-endpoint name JK-Collection-01
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| transaction_tls_verify | False |
| auth_type | none |
| transaction_export_address | demo.com:7070 |
| log_export_address | https://demo.com:8080/logs/collector |
| auth_token | |
| collection_endpoint_id | Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W |
| transaction_endpoint_certificate | |
| transaction_export_tls | False |
| log_endpoint_certificate | |
| tag | JK-Collection-01 |
| log_tls_verify | False |
| auth_password | |
| auth_username | |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** update the collection endpoint, renaming it and changing the port ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint update name JK-Collection-01 new-name JK-C-Endpoint-9999 txn-export-address demo.com:9999
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| transaction_tls_verify | False |
| auth_type | none |
| transaction_export_address | demo.com:9999 |
| log_export_address | https://demo.com:8080/logs/collector |
| auth_token | |
| collection_endpoint_id | Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W |
| transaction_endpoint_certificate | |
| transaction_export_tls | False |
| log_endpoint_certificate | |
| tag | JK-C-Endpoint-9999 |
| log_tls_verify | False |
| auth_password | |
| auth_username | |
+----------------------------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** list all collection endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc collection-endpoint list
+-----------------------------------------+--------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-----------------------------------------+--------------------+
| Collection-Endpoint-4N4H-0NL1-T02T-PZZ7 | JK-Collection-04 |
| Collection-Endpoint-9D37-B16X-75XG-3K8W | JK-C-Endpoint-9999 |
| Collection-Endpoint-1EGK-KLKN-R6RB-JDLK | JK-Collection-02 |
| Collection-Endpoint-U3FX-MTKU-WSY6-WZ99 | JK-Collection-03 |
| Collection-Endpoint-YKKP-2S6C-VLMM-7L76 | JK-Collection-05 |
+-----------------------------------------+--------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc collection-endpoint, ssc collection-endpoint create, ssc collection-endpoint delete, ssc collection-endpoint list
ssc database local bind-address
Sets the local MySQL database bind address.
Syntax
[no] ssc database local bind-address ip-addr
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option to delete the bind address.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database local bind-address 10.0.0.1
Related Commands
ssc database local db-file delete
Deletes saved Services Director database file.
Syntax
ssc database local db-file delete filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the file name for the database.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database local db-file delete dbtest
Related Commands
ssc database local db-file export
Exports the Services Director database to a file.
Syntax
ssc database local db-file export
Usage Guidelines
The name of the exported file is calculated automatically using the following format:
sscdb_dump_<SSC VA version string>_<timestamp>.sql
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database local db-file export
Related Commands
show ssc database local db-file
ssc database local db-file import
Imports the Services Director database from a file.
Syntax
ssc database local db-file import filename
Parameters
filename
Specify the file name for the database.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database local db-file import dbtest
Related Commands
show ssc database local db-file
ssc database local port
Sets the local MySQL database port.
Syntax
[no] ssc database local port port
Parameters
port
Specify the port for the database.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option to delete the port.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database local port 1234
Related Commands
show ssc database local db-file
ssc database local username
Sets the local MySQL database username and password.
Syntax
ssc database local username name password password
Parameters
name
Specify the username for the local database.
password
Specify the password for the local database.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database local username ssc password abcd1234
+-------------+-------------+
| DB Username | DB Password |
+-------------+-------------+
| ssc | abcd1234 |
+-------------+-------------+
Related Commands
show ssc database local credentials
ssc database remote address
Sets the hostname or IP address of the remote database.
Syntax
[no] ssc database remote address address
Parameters
address
Specify the hostname or IP address of the remote database.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option to delete the remote database address.
Examples
*** specify a hostname ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc database remote address dmankievicz-03.cam.demo.com
*** specify an IP address ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc database remote address 10.11.12.13
Related Commands
ssc database remote db-user-name
Sets the user with privileges for the remote database.
Syntax
ssc database remote db-user-name name
Parameters
name
Specify the database user name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database remote db-user-name dbadmin
Related Commands
ssc database remote db-user-pwd
Sets the password for the user with privileges for the remote database.
Syntax
ssc database remote db-user-pwd password
Parameters
password
Specify the user password.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database remote db-user-pwd db1234
Related Commands
ssc database remote port
Sets the remote database port.
Syntax
[no] ssc database remote port port
Parameters
port
Specify the port for the remote database.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option to delete the remote port.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database remote port 1234
Related Commands
ssc database use-local
Sets the Services Director to use the local MySQL database.
Syntax
[no] ssc database use-local
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option to stop using the local MySQL database.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc database use-local
Related Commands
ssc feature-pack create fpname
Creates a Feature Pack resource for the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc feature-pack create fpname name [skus sku-list |[stm-sku sku-name [add-on-skus add-on-SKU-list]] [excluded feature-list] [info description]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the Feature Pack.
skus
(For newer SKUs) Specify a base SKU and one or more additional SKUs. This is a comma-separated list enclosed in double quotes.
stm-sku
(Older base SKUs) Specify the base SKU on which the Feature Pack is based. This is limited to SKUs compatible with your Services Director license. If you specify this, you can also specify add-on-skus.
excluded list
(Optional) Specify a comma-separated list of features in double quote marks from the base SKU that are excluded. This includes:
•ts: Excludes TrafficScript
•comp: Excludes compression
•cache: Excludes caching
•glb: Excludes global load balancing
•bwm: Excludes bandwidth management classes
•rate: Excludes rate shaping classes
•slm: Excludes service level monitoring
•auto: Excludes autoscaling
•afm: Excludes use of SAF
•apt: Excludes use of Aptimizer.
This list is a comma-separated list enclosed in double quote marks. A complete list can be seen using the show ssc sku sku-name command for your SKU.
add-on-skus
(Older base SKUs) Optionally, specify a list of feature SKUs to be associated with the stm-sku base SKU. This includes:
•ADD-FIPS: Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPs)
•ADD-WAF: Virtual Web Application Firewall
•ADD-WEBACCEL: Web Content Accelerator.
This list is a comma-separated list enclosed in double quote marks.
info
Optionally, specify information about the feature pack.
Usage Guidelines
A Feature Pack is a subset (or total set) of the features in a Traffic Manager SKU. The Feature Pack can be applies to vTM instances.
You can view a list of available features for your SKU using the show ssc sku sku-name. You can then specify any of these for exclusion.
The properties that you specify will depend on your base SKU:
•For older SKUs (such as STM-400), you specify the stm-sku and add-on-skus properties.
•For newer SKUs (such as ENT-ADVANCED), you specify the skus property. This is a comma-separated list of SKUs enclosed in double quote marks.
Examples
*** list available Feature Packs ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack list
+-------------------+
| FeaturePack |
+-------------------+
| ENT-ADVANCED_full |
+-------------------+
*** list available SKUs ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sku list
+----------------+
| Sku |
+----------------+
| ENT-ADVANCED |
| ENT-ENTERPRISE |
| ENT-ENTM |
| ENT-WAFPROXY |
| STM-100 |
| STM-200 |
| STM-300 |
| STM-400 |
| STM-WAFPROXY |
+----------------+
*** show details for your SKU to see its list of available features ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sku sku-name ENT-ADVANCED
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
| status | Active
| pricing_model | prepaid
| add_on_skus | []
| feature_tier | Advanced
| features | anlyt : Enable Realtime Analytics.
| | auto : Enable Autoscaling.
| | bwm : Enable Bandwidth Management classes.
| | cache : Enable Web Caching
| | comp : Enable Compression
| | cr : Do not limit the user to cut-down RuleBuilder ...
| | evnts : Enable Events and Actions
| | glb : Enable Global Load Balancing
| | java : Enable Java.
| | lbcel : Array of cells.
| | lbcon : Least connection based.
| | lbfail: Balance failure class (used only for testing & ...
| | lbone : Always choose first node in a pool (used only ...
| | lbrnd : Random.
| | lbrob : Round robin.
| | lbrsp : Fastest response times.
| | lbwcon: Weighted least connection based.
| | lbwrob: Weighted round robin.
| | loca : Enable Location support.
| | moni : Enable Active Monitors
| | rate : Enable Rate Shaping classes.
| | rb : Do not limit the user to RuleBuilder for ...
| | rhi : Route Health Injection.
| | slm : Enable Service Level Monitoring.
| | ssl : Enable SSL
| | svcprt: Enable Service Protection classes
| | ts : Enable TrafficScript
| | xml : Enable XML functions in TrafficScript.
| info | ENT Advanced
| stm_sku | ENT-ADVANCED
| fixed_resource_usage| None
| ent | True
| resource_unit | Mbps
| csp | False
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
*** create a Feature Pack for analytics, based on the ENT-ADVANCED base SKU and an additional ENT-EMTM SKU ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack create fpname ENT-Analytics skus "ENT-ADVANCED,ENT-ENTM"
+-------------+--------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+--------------------------------+
| info | |
| status | Active |
| stm_sku | ENT-ADVANCED |
| add_on_skus | [] |
| excluded | |
| skus | [u'ENT-ADVANCED', u'ENT-ENTM'] |
+-------------+--------------------------------+
*** create a Feature Pack, excluding some features***
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack create fpname ENT-ADVANCED-NoRobin stm-sku ENT-ADVANCED excluded "lbrob" info "ENT-ADVANCED without Round-Robin Load Balancing"
+-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
| info | ENT-ADVANCED without Round-Robin Load Balancing |
| status | Active |
| stm_sku | ENT-ADVANCED |
| add_on_skus | [] |
| excluded | lbrob |
| skus | [u'ENT-ADVANCED'] |
+-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
*** confirm addition of the Feature Pack ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack list
+----------------------+
| FeaturePack |
+----------------------+
| ENT-ADVANCED-NoRobin |
| ENT-Analytics |
| ENT-ADVANCED_full |
+----------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc feature-pack list, ssc feature-pack update fpname
ssc feature-pack create template-name
Creates a feature pack based on an existing template.
Syntax
ssc feature-pack create template-name name | [fpname name] | [stm-sku sku-name] | [excluded comma-separated-list] | [info description] | [add-on-skus name]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the feature pack template.
fpname name
Specify a unique name for the feature pack.
stm-sku sku-name
Specify the SKU Traffic Manager on which the feature pack is based. This is limited to SKUs compatible with your Services Director license.
excluded list]
Optionally, specify a list of features from the parent SKU that are excluded. These features include:
•afm: Excludes use of SAF.
•apt: Excludes use of Aptimizer
•auto: Excludes autoscaling
•bwm: Excludes bandwidth management classes
•comp: Excludes compression
•cache: Excludes caching
•glb: Excludes global load balancing
•rate: Excludes rate shaping classes
•slm: Excludes service level monitoring
•ts: Excludes TrafficScript
This list is a comma-separated list enclosed in double quote marks. A complete list can be seen using the show ssc sku sku-name command for your SKU.
info description
Optionally, specify information about the feature pack.
add-on-skus list
Optionally, specify a list of feature SKUs to be associated with the parent SKU:
•ADDFIPS: Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPs)
•ADDWAF: Virtual Web Application Firewall
•ADDWEBACCEL: Web Content Accelerator
This list is a comma-separated list enclosed in double quote marks.
Usage Guidelines
A feature pack is a subset of a Traffic Manager SKU. A SKU contains a defined feature set for the Traffic Manager that you can apply to instances.
You can view a list of available features for your SKU using the show ssc sku sku-name command. You can then specify any of these for exclusion.
Create feature-packs with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to create the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack create template-name fptemp-1 fpname fp-1
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc template create template-name
ssc feature-pack list
Lists Services Director feature packs.
Syntax
ssc feature-pack list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack list
+-------------------+
| FeaturePack |
+-------------------+
| ENT-Analytics |
| ENT-ADVANCED_full |
+-------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc feature-pack create fpname, ssc feature-pack update fpname
ssc feature-pack update fpname
Updates a Services Director feature pack.
Syntax
ssc feature-pack update fpname name [info description] [status [Active | Inactive]]
Parameters
name
Identify the Feature Pack using its tag or UUID.
info
Specify a description of the feature pack.
status
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated.
Usage Guidelines
You can update a limited number of Feature Pack properties.
You cannot update the majority of properties for a Feature Pack, such as the SKUs that it uses. You must instead create a new Feature Pack and apply it to affected vTMs. This may be required when enabling analytics on a cluster of vTMs. Refer to the Pulse Secure Services Director Getting Started Guide for full details.
You cannot delete a Feature Pack. However, you can permanently set its status to Inactive.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack update fpname ENT-ADVANCED-NoRobin status Inactive
+-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
| info | ENT-ADVANCED without Round-Robin Load Balancing |
| status | Inactive |
| stm_sku | ENT-ADVANCED |
| add_on_skus | [] |
| excluded | lbrob |
| skus | [u'ENT-ADVANCED'] |
+-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc feature-pack create fpname, ssc feature-pack list
ssc feature-pack update template-name
Updates a Services Director feature pack based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc feature-pack update template-name name | [fpname name] | [info description] | [status Active | Inactive]]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
name
Specify the feature pack name.
info description
Specify information about the feature pack.
status
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
Usage Guidelines
Update a feature-pack with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc feature-pack update template-name fptemp fpname fp1 status Inactive
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc template create template-name
ssc high-avail certificate
Displays the high availability certificate for a high availability node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail certificate host-or-ip-addr
Parameters
host-or-ip-addr
Specify the host name or IP address of a high availability node.
Usage Guidelines
This command is identical to the show ssc high-avail list command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # show ssc high-avail certificate host-01.example.domain.com
+---------------------+--------------------------------------------------------
| Certificate Details | host-01.example.domain.com
+---------------------+--------------------------------------------------------
| Server IP/Name | host-01.example.domain.com
| Fingerprint | 25:99:36:10:4E:9A:FB:23:8E:8F:37:FD:17:3B:34:4A:6E:...
| |
| Issued To |
| Common Name | amnesiac
| Organization | amnesiac
| Organization Unit | Created Sat Aug 29 02:14:29 2015
| Country | XX
| |
| Issued By |
| Common Name | amnesiac
| Organization | amnesiac
| Organization Unit | Created Sat Aug 29 02:14:29 2015
| Country | XX
| |
| Validity |
| Effective On | Sat, 29 Aug 2015 01:59:30 GMT
| Expires On | Tue, 26 Aug 2025 01:59:30 GMT
| |
| Key |
| Type | sha1withRSAEncryption
| Size | 2048
| |
| PEM | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
| | MIIDXTCCAkUCCEs9poyyQcRZMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMHExSDFGFJ
| | .
| | . (certificate)
| | .
| | f6vS3P/U3/sIH3aJMQwD11+zNeQ/FXC+CCdFPx2qLvZ2Kpk3La153
| | 7cbGLjCk+QaRhA==
| | -----END CERTIFICATE-----
+---------------------+------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc feature-pack fpname, ssc feature-pack create fpname
ssc high-avail file-replication reset
Resets the file replication service for the current HA pair.
Syntax
ssc high-avail file-replication reset
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail file-replication reset
Related Commands
ssc high-avail create
Creates a Primary standalone Services Director from the current node. This command is useful to change the role of a Services Director after an ejection or other failure.
Syntax
ssc high-avail create traffic-ip IP-or-hostname
Parameters
traffic-ip
The IP address or host name of the required Service Endpoint Address.
Usage Guidelines
This command will be destructive to an HA pair if the current node is in an HA pair.
If you want to change the Standby node of an HA pair into an Active node, use the ssc high-avail force-failover command.
This command completes in the background. Use ssc high-avail reset to check its progress.
Examples
*** current HA status of current node (was a Standby) after ejection ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+----------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role | DB Health ...
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+----------- ...
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+----------- ...
... -+-------------------+----------------+--------+----------+--------+
... | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health | System | Serial # | Status |
... -+-------------------+----------------+--------+----------+--------+
... -+-------------------+----------------+--------+----------+--------+
*** initiate the change to a standalone Primary for the current node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail create traffic-ip 10.62.167.203
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+----------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role | DB Health ...
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+----------- ...
| | 10.62.167.199 | | | | ...
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+----------- ...
... +-------------------+----------------+--------+----------+----------+
... | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health | System | Serial # | Status |
... +-------------------+----------------+--------+----------+----------+
... | | | | | Creating |
... +-------------------+----------------+--------+----------+----------+
*** after completion, a standalone Primary is reported ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.199 | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.194:3306 ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Active | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | System | Serial # | Status |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A652CD | Active |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list
ssc high-avail diagnose
Diagnoses causes for HA pair errors on the current node, and proposes available solutions.
Syntax
ssc high-avail diagnose
Usage Guidelines
This command can be run on either the Active or Standby nodes. The diagnostic inspects the states of the three modules:
•web service
•database
•filestore replication
Based on the health of each module, the diagnostic command returns an instruction set which the user can follow to troubleshoot the issues.
Examples
*** When there are errors (example) ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail diagnose
+-----------+------------+-------------------+
| DB Status | SSC Status | Traffic IP Status |
+-----------+------------+-------------------+
| ok | failed | failed |
+-----------+------------+-------------------+
+-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
| Solutions | Steps |
+-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
| Demote current node to backup | 1: Release traffic ip on current node; |
| | 2: Demote db to backup on current node; |
+-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
*** When there are no errors ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail diagnose
+-----------+------------+-------------------+
| DB Status | SSC Status | Traffic IP Status |
+-----------+------------+-------------------+
| ok | ok | ok |
+-----------+------------+-------------------+
+-----------+-------+
| Solutions | Steps |
+-----------+-------+
+-----------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail discover
Displays Primary Services Director nodes in the current subnet that do not belong to an HA pair.
Syntax
ssc high-avail discover
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail disc
+------------------+---------------------+
| Primary Hostname | Primary Server's IP |
+------------------+---------------------+
| axon-08 | 10.62.98.88 |
| axon-0b | 10.62.98.91 |
| dvenkman-0f | 10.62.98.79 |
| jsorrentino-01 | 10.62.99.193 |
| jsorrentino-03 | 10.62.99.195 |
| tkumar-24 | 10.62.99.164 |
| jsorrentino-1f | 10.62.101.255 |
| jwhitehouse-1a | 10.62.101.42 |
+------------------+---------------------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail eject
Ejects a specified Standby node from the current HA pair.
Syntax
ssc high-avail eject IP-or-hostname
Parameters
IP-or-hostname
The IP address or host name of the Standby node to be ejected.
Usage Guidelines
This command must be used from the Active node.
Services Director supports a single Standby node.
Examples
*** check current HA configuration from Active node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 | Active ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | | 10.62.167.199:3306 | Standby ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
*** eject the Standby node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail eject 10.62.167.199
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 | Active ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail ejectall
Ejects all Standby nodes, and tidies all the Standby node metadata/configurations from the Active node. This command can be run even when there is no Standby node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail ejectall
Usage Guidelines
This command must be used from the Active node.
Services Director supports a single Standby node.
Examples
*** check current HA configuration from Active node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 | Active ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | | 10.62.167.199:3306 | Standby ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
*** eject the Standby node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail ejectall
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 | Active ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+-------- ...
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail failover
This command performs a failover from the Standby node of an HA pair.
Syntax
ssc high-avail failover backup-node IP-or-hostname
Parameters
backup-node IP-or-hostname
The IP address or host name of the Standby node. You must issue this command from this Standby node.
Usage Guidelines
Both Active and Standby nodes must be healthy to perform a failover.
As a result of the failover:
•The current Active and Standby nodes will exchange roles.
•The new Active node takes control of the HA pair for all purposes.
•The SEA/TIP points to the now-Active node.
This command completes in the background. Use ssc high-avail reset to check its progress.
Examples
*** current status of the HA pair ***
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 | ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | | 10.62.167.199:3306 | ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
... --------+-----------+-------------------+----------------+- ...
... Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health | ...
... --------+-----------+-------------------+----------------+- ...
... Active | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy | ...
... Standby | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy | ...
... --------+-----------+-------------------+----------------+- ...
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
... System | Serial # | Status |
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
... rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A60F7D | Active |
... rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A677D3 | Active |
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
*** initiate failover from the Standby node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail failover backup-node 10.62.167.199
Successfully initiated failover on Standby node(10.62.167.199).
Please check [ssc high-avail list] for status
*** check progress to confirm completion of the failover ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | | 10.62.167.201:3306 | ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.199:3306 | ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
... --------+-----------+-------------------+----------------+- ...
... Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health | ...
... --------+-----------+-------------------+----------------+- ...
... Standby | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy | ...
... Active | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy | ...
... --------+-----------+-------------------+----------------+- ...
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
... System | Serial # | Status |
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
... rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A60F7D | Active |
... rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A677D3 | Active |
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
*** Active and Standby have exchanged places, and SEA/TIP has moved ***
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail force-failover
This command enables you to perform a failover operation from a healthy Standby node after the Active node becomes unhealthy.
Syntax
ssc high-avail force-failover
Usage Guidelines
This command is different from a regular failover, because the Active node is unhealthy in this case. A regular failover is only supported when both the Active and Standby nodes are healthy.
As a result of the forced failover:
•The current Standby nodes becomes the Active node.
•The SEA/TIP points to the now-Active node.
•The outcome on the unhealthy Active node depends on whether it can be contacted. If the unhealthy Active node can be contacted, it will become the Standby node. The Standby node remains unhealthy until repaired. If the unhealthy Active node cannot be contacted, it will remain as an Active node. When this node is repaired and returned to a healthy state, a "split brain" scenario will result. That is, two healthy nodes in an HA pair both believe themselves to be the Active node, and that the other node is the Standby.
See ssc high-avail join for details of the "split brain" scenario, and for instructions on how to recover from it.
This command completes in the background. Use ssc high-avail reset to check its progress.
Examples
In this example:
•The unhealthy Active node is amnesiac-01 (10.62.167.193).
•The healthy Standby node is amnesiac-02 (10.62.167.194)
•The Service Endpoint Address (TIP) is 10.62.167.195.
*** View the status of the HA pair from the healthy Standby node ***
*** The Active node is unhealthy, the Standby node is healthy ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | | 10.62.167.194:3306 | Standby ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.193 | 10.62.167.195 | N/A | Active ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
... +-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy ...
... | Degraded | Degraded | Degraded ...
... +-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
... | Status |
... +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
... | Active |
... | There was a problem communicating with machine 10.62.167.193:9080 |
... +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
*** perform a force-failover to make the Standby node into the Active node ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail force-failover 10.62.167.194
*** monitor progress of the forced failover until complete ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.194:3306 | Active ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.193 | | N/A | Active ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
... +-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Healthy | Healthy | Healthy ...
... | Degraded | Degraded | Degraded ...
... +-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
... | Status |
... +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
... | Active |
... | There was a problem communicating with machine 10.62.167.193:9080 |
... +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail force-standby
Performs a forced standby of an Active node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail force-standby
Usage Guidelines
This command is intended as a way to recover from the "split brain" scenario. That is, two healthy nodes in an HA pair both believe themselves to be the Active node, and that the other node is the Standby.
This scenario is possible after a failed force-failover command (see ssc high-avail force-failover).
After this failure:
•The original Active node is unhealthy/uncontactable, and still configured as the Active node in an HA pair. Once repaired, it will show as healthy.
•The original Standby node is now the healthy current Active node.
To confirm this, log into both the Active and the Standby and check the list the high availability status of each. Each will show itself as Active and healthy. To resolve the "split brain", perform a force-standby on the original Active node. This performs the following actions:
•Switches the original Active node to be the new Standby.
•The HA pair reforms.
This command completes in the background. Use ssc high-avail reset to check its progress.
Examples
In this example:
•The original Active node (which failed by is now repaired) is amnesiac-01 (10.62.167.193).
•The new Active node (the original Standby) is amnesiac-02 (10.62.167.194)
•The Service Endpoint Address (TIP) is 10.62.167.195.
*** check the HA status of the original (repaired) Active node ***
amnesiac-01 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | | 10.62.167.194:3306 | Standby ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.193 | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.193:3306 | Active ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
*** check the high availability status of the new Active node ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.194:3306 | Active ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.193 | | N/A | N/A ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
*** initiate the force-standby from the original Active node ***
amnesiac-01 (config) # ssc high-avail force-standby
*** from the new Active node, check status - the HA pair dissolves ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+----- ... -+-----------------------+
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP ... | Status |
+---+-----------------+----- ... -+-----------------------+
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | 10. ... | Active |
| 1 | 10.62.167.193 | ... | File System detaching |
+---+-----------------+----- ... -+-----------------------+
*** The HA pair begins to reform ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+----- ... -+----------+
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP ... | Status |
+---+-----------------+----- ... -+----------+
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | ... | Creating |
| 1 | 10.62.167.193 | ... | Creating |
+---+-----------------+----- ... -+----------+
*** after a few minutes, the force-standby completes ***
amnesiac-02 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.193:3306 | Active ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.193 | | 10.62.167.194:3306 | Standby ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
*** confirm this result from the new Standby node ***
amnesiac-01 (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.194 | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.193:3306 | Active ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.193 | | 10.62.167.194:3306 | Standby ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+--------- ...
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail join
Joins the current unpaired Services Director node to a specified Primary Services Director node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail join IP-or-hostname
Parameters
IP-or-hostname
The IP address or host name of the Primary node.
Usage Guidelines
This command initially reports that an attempt to join is in progress, but completes in the background. Use ssc high-avail reset to check the progress of the join process.
Examples
*** confirm node is not in an HA pair ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | Role |
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+- ...
+---+-----------------+-----+----------+------+- ...
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail discover
+------------------+---------------------+
| Primary Hostname | Primary Server's IP |
+------------------+---------------------+
| jsorrentino-08 | 10.62.166.200 |
| jkumar-24 | 10.62.167.164 |
| jkelly-09 | 10.62.167.201 |
| jsorrentino-14 | 10.62.168.244 |
| jwhitehouse-1a | 10.62.168.42 |
+------------------+---------------------+
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail join 10.62.167.201
+---+-----------------+-----+- ... -+--------------+
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | ... | Status |
+---+-----------------+-----+- ... -+--------------+
| 1 | 10.62.167.199 | | ... | Node joining |
+---+-----------------+-----+- ... -+--------------+
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+-----+ ... -+---------------------+
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | ... | Status |
+---+-----------------+-----+- ... -+---------------------+
| 1 | 10.62.167.199 | | ... | File System joining |
+---+-----------------+-----+- ... -+---------------------+
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database | ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 | ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | | 10.62.167.199:3306 | ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+--------------------+- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Active | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... | Standby | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
... System | Serial # | Status |
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
... rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A60F7D | Active |
... rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A677D3 | Active |
... -----------------------------+--------------+--------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail list
Displays a list of nodes in the current HA pair.
Syntax
ssc high-avail list
Usage Guidelines
For a standalone Services Director, only one node is listed.
This command is identical to the show ssc host host-name command.
Examples
*** for an HA pair ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| 1 | jacaranda | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.194:3306 ...
| 2 | amnesiac | | 10.62.167.193:3306 ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Active | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... | Standby | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | System | Serial # | Status |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A652CD | Active |
... | rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A66723 | Active |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
*** for a standalone node ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| 1 | jacaranda | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.194:3306 ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Active | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | System | Serial # | Status |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A652CD | Active |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
*** for a node that is not in an HA pair ***
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | System | Serial # | Status |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail reset, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail reset
Performs a factory reset on the current high availability node. This erases the entire HA configuration.
Syntax
ssc high-avail reset
Usage Guidelines
After this command completes, the Services Director must be restarted.
After using this command, you can use:
•ssc high-avail diagnose to create a standalone node.
•ssc high-avail list to join an HA pair.
Examples
*** logged in on Standby, display current state of HA pair ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| 1 | jacaranda | 10.62.167.195 | 10.62.167.194:3306 ...
| 2 | amnesiac | | 10.62.167.193:3306 ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Active | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... | Standby | Healthy | Healthy + Healthy ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | System | Serial # | Status |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A652CD | Active |
... | rbt_ssc 2.3.0-mainline #134 | 005056A66723 | Active |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
*** remove this node (Standby) from its HA pair ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail reset
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... | Role | DB Health | Gluster FS Health | SSC Web Health ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +---------+-----------+-------------------+---------------- ...
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... | System | Serial # | Status |
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
... +------------------------------+--------------+--------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail update
ssc high-avail token
Displays the current high availability access token. This is present on nodes within HA pairs, and on standalone nodes. Paired nodes must share a high availability access token, which is used to enable authenticated communication between the HA nodes.
Syntax
ssc high-avail token
Usage Guidelines
This command is identical to the ssc high-avail token remove command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
| Token ID | Access Token ...
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
| 3f4a1f71-665c-46e7-aa30-11f2abd6a06d | eyJhdWQiOiAiaHgJaTgRdPcA ...
| | ZW4iLCAiaXNzIjHGwEFggTAf ...
| | ZG1pbiIsICJqdGKjHgkkjGhj ...
| | ZDZhMDZkIiwgImLjhFerwFGH ...
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
... -----------------------+-------------+
... | Description |
... -----------------------+-------------+
... BpL2NvbW1vbi8xLjAvdG9r | cluster |
... AxIiwgInBybiI6ICJsai1h | |
... 00NmU3LWFhMzAtMTFmMmFi | |
... IxNDQxMjYyMTc2In0= | |
... -----------------------+-------------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail token add, ssc high-avail token generate, ssc high-avail token list, ssc high-avail token remove
ssc high-avail token add
Adds a token to the current high availability access token. This can be either a node in an HA pair, or standalone node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail token add
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used when there is no assigned token. Use ssc high-avail update to remove the current token.
Examples
*** confirm no token currently set ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token
+----------+--------------+-------------+
| Token ID | Access Token | Description |
+----------+--------------+-------------+
+----------+--------------+-------------+
*** add different token ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token add description cluster_token access-token eyJhdWQiOiAiaH...QxMjc5MTczIn0=
Access token added successfully.
*** confirm addition of new token ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token
+--------------------------------------+--------------- ...
| Token ID | Access Token ...
+--------------------------------------+--------------- ...
| f134a204-6b89-46b5-b796-8ddd06377eb6 | eyJhdWQiOiAiaH ...
| | ZW4iLCAiaXNzIj ...
| | biIsICJqdGkiOi ...
| | ZWI2IiwgImV4cC ...
+--------------------------------------+--------------- ...
... ----------------------+---------------+
... | Description |
... ----------------------+---------------+
... pL2NvbW1vbi8xLjAvdG9r | cluster_token |
... xIiwgInBybiI6ICJhZG1p | |
... 1LWI3OTYtOGRkZDA2Mzc3 | |
... xMjc5MTczIn0= | |
... ----------------------+---------------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail token, ssc high-avail token generate, ssc high-avail token list, ssc high-avail token remove
ssc high-avail token generate
Generates a new high availability access token for the current node. This can be either a node in an HA pair, and on standalone node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail token generate
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token generate
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
| Token ID | Access Token ...
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
| 3f4a1f71-665c-46e7-aa30-11f2abd6a06d | eyJhdWQiOiAiaHgJaTgRdPcA ...
| | ZW4iLCAiaXNzIjHGwEFggTAf ...
| | ZG1pbiIsICJqdGKjHgkkjGhj ...
| | ZDZhMDZkIiwgImLjhFerwFGH ...
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
... -----------------------+-------------+
... | Description |
... -----------------------+-------------+
... BpL2NvbW1vbi8xLjAvdG9r | cluster |
... AxIiwgInBybiI6ICJsai1h | |
... 00NmU3LWFhMzAtMTFmMmFi | |
... IxNDQxMjYyMTc2In0= | |
... -----------------------+-------------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail token, ssc high-avail token add, ssc high-avail token list, ssc high-avail token remove
ssc high-avail token list
Displays the current high availability access token.
Usage Guidelines
This command is identical to the ssc high-avail token add command.
ssc high-avail token remove
Removes the high availability access token from the current node. This can be either a node in an HA pair, and on standalone node.
Syntax
ssc high-avail token token-id
Parameters
token token-id
The token ID. Use ssc high-avail token add to display this for the current node.
Examples
*** list current token ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
| Token ID | Access Token ...
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
| 3f4a1f71-665c-46e7-aa30-11f2abd6a06d | eyJhdWQiOiAiaHgJaTgRdPcA ...
| | ZW4iLCAiaXNzIjHGwEFggTAf ...
| | ZG1pbiIsICJqdGKjHgkkjGhj ...
| | ZDZhMDZkIiwgImLjhFerwFGH ...
+--------------------------------------+------------------------- ...
... -----------------------+-------------+
... | Description |
... -----------------------+-------------+
... BpL2NvbW1vbi8xLjAvdG9r | cluster |
... AxIiwgInBybiI6ICJsai1h | |
... 00NmU3LWFhMzAtMTFmMmFi | |
... IxNDQxMjYyMTc2In0= | |
... -----------------------+-------------+
*** remove current HA access token ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token remove 3f4a1f71-665c-46e7-aa30-11f2abd6a06d
Token ID '3f4a1f71-665c-46e7-aa30-11f2abd6a06d' removed successfully.
*** confirm removal ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail token
+----------+--------------+-------------+
| Token ID | Access Token | Description |
+----------+--------------+-------------+
+----------+--------------+-------------+
Related Commands
ssc high-avail token, ssc high-avail token add, ssc high-avail token generate, ssc high-avail token list
ssc high-avail update
Updates the Service Endpoint Address of an HA pair (or standalone Services Director).
Syntax
ssc high-avail update traffic-ip IP-or-hostname
Parameters
traffic-ip
The IP address or host name of the new Service Endpoint Address.
Usage Guidelines
This command can be issued from either the Active or the Standby node.
Do not use this command from the Service Endpoint Address node. The command will fail.
This command affects FLA licensing for vTMs:
•Any Legacy FLA licenses that were created to service the current Service Endpoint Address will fail when the Service Endpoint Address changes. To fix this, generate a new Legacy FLA based on the new Service Endpoint Address.
•Any Universal FLA licenses that are tied to the current Service Endpoint Address will need to be relicensed (see ssc instance relicense instance-name).
After this command completes, a restart of your Services Director service is required.
Examples
*** display the current Service Endpoint Address (TIP) ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail list
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.200 | 10.62.167.201:3306 ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | | 10.62.167.199:3306 ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
*** change the Service Endpoint Address (TIP) ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc high-avail update traffic-ip 10.62.167.202
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| # | Cluster IP/Name | TIP | Database ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
| 1 | 10.62.167.201 | 10.62.167.202 | 10.62.167.201:3306 ...
| 2 | 10.62.167.199 | | 10.62.167.199:3306 ...
+---+-----------------+---------------+-------------------- ...
*** restart the service ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc service restart
Related Commands
ssc high-avail diagnose, ssc high-avail discover, ssc high-avail eject, ssc high-avail ejectall, ssc high-avail failover, ssc high-avail force-failover, ssc high-avail force-standby, ssc high-avail join, ssc high-avail list, ssc high-avail reset
ssc host add host-name
Adds a Services Director instance host.
Syntax
ssc host add host-name name host-user name host-pass password username name | [usage-info description] | [retained-info-dir directory] | [max-instances number] | [cpu-cores string] | [info description]
Parameters
host-name name
Specify a unique name for this resource.
host-user name
(DEPRECATED) Specify the host administrator user name; you must specify sscadmin.
host-pass password
(DEPRECATED) Specify the host administrator password; the default value is password.
username user
Specify the user for SSH access; this user must be root.
usage-info description
(DEPRECATED) This property is not used.
retained-info-dir directory
(DEPRECATED) This property is not used.
max-instances number
The number of instances that you can create on this host.
cpu-cores string
(DEPRECATED) This property is not used.
info description
(Optional) Specify descriptive information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc host hostname <name> to delete the host.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host add host-name test-demo1 host-user sscadmin host-pass password username root
Related Commands
show ssc host host-name, ssc host update host-name
ssc host add template-name
Adds a Services Director host based on a template. Optionally, adds or changes the current values for the new host.
Syntax
ssc host add template-name name | [host-name name] | [host-user name] | [host-pass password] | [username user] | [usage-info description] | [retained-info-dir number] | [max-instances number] | [cpu-cores string] | [info description]
Parameters
name
Specify the unique name for the template.
host-name name
Optionally, specify the host name.
host-user name
Optionally, specify the administrator user name. The default value is sscadmin.
host-pass admin-password
Optionally, specify the administrator password; the default value is password.
username user
Optionally, specify the user for SSH access; this user must be root.
retained-info-dir directory
This property is not used.
usage-info description
This property is not used.
max-instances number
The number of instances that you can create on this host.
cpu-cores string
This property is not used.
info description
Optionally, specify descriptive information about the new host.
Usage Guidelines
Before you can use this command, you must first create a host template using the ssc template create command. Optionally, you can add or modify the current values the specified for the new host.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host add template-name htemp1 host-name test-demo username root
Related Commands
show ssc host host-name, ssc template create template-name
ssc host host-migrate
Migrate vTM instances between hosts within the same subnet.
Syntax
ssc host host-migrate from name-or-ip-addr-from to ip-addr-to [force yes-or-no]
Parameters
name-or-ip-addr-from
Specify the name of the instance host where the Traffic Manager is migrating from.
ip-addr-to
Optionally, specify the IP address or the name of the instance host where the Traffic Manager is migrating to.
force yes-or-no
Forces migration of Traffic Managers regardless of the network topology.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host host-migrate from 10.0.0.1 to 10.0.05 force yes
Related Commands
ssc host host-name dns
Configures instance host DNS settings.
Syntax
ssc host host-name name dns dns-nameservers dns-name-servers | [dns-search dnsfixes]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the host.
dns-nameservers dns-name-servers
Specify the DNS name server.
dns-search dns-suffixes
Optionally, specify a comma separated list of searched domain suffixes.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host host-name test dns dns-nameservers dnstest
Related Commands
ssc host host-name interface dhcp
Configures host instance DHCP on the specified interface.
Syntax
ssc host host host-name name interface interface-name dhcp | [dns-nameservers dns-name-servers] | [dns-search dns-suffixes] | [auto]
Parameters
name
Specify the host name.
interface interface-name
Specify the interface name
dhcp
Specify to enable DHCP on this interface.
dns-nameservers dns-name-servers
Optionally, specify the DNS name server.
dns-search dns-suffixes
Optionally, specify a comma separated list of searched domain suffixes.
auto
Optionally, specify this interface to automatically start up.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host host host-name host1 interface lxcbr0 dhcp
Related Commands
ssc host host-name interface ip
Configures the static IP address for the specified interface.
Syntax
ssc host host host-name name interface interface-name ip ip-addr netmask netmask | [gateway ip-addr] | [dns-nameservers dns-name-servers] | [dns-search dns-suffixes] | [auto]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the host.
interface interface-name
Specify the interface name
ip ip-addr
Specify the IP address on this interface.
netmask netmask-addr
Specify the netmask address.
gateway ip-addr
Specify the IP address for the gateway.
dns-nameservers dns-name-servers
Specify the DNS name server.
dns-search dns-suffixes
Optionally, specify a comma separated list of searched domain suffixes.
auto
Optionally, specify this interface to automatically start up.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host host host-name host1 interface lxcbr0 ip 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 gateway 10.0.0.2
Related Commands
ssc host host-name user
Configures the log in username and password for the Services Director host.
Syntax
ssc host host-name name user user password password
Parameters
name
Specify the host name.
user
Specify the login username for the host.
password
Specify the login password for the host.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host host-name host1 user admin password test123
Related Commands
ssc host list
Lists the Services Director hosts.
Syntax
ssc host list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host list
+---------------+
| Host |
+---------------+
| tmainline68-h |
+---------------+
Related Commands
ssc host ssh-clear-key
Clears known SSH host entries for a given host.
Syntax
ssc host ssh-clear-key host-name name
Parameters
name
Specify the host name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host ssh-clear-key host-name host1
Related Commands
show ssc host host-name, ssc host list
ssc host update host-name
Updates values for a Services Director host.
Syntax
ssc host update host-name host | [username user] | [status [Active | Inactive]] | [usage-info description] | [max-instances number] | [cpu-cores string] | [info description]
Parameters
host
Specify the host name.
username user
Optionally, specify the user for SSH access; this user must be root.
status [Active | Inactive]
Specify the status:
Active
Activates a resource.
Inactive
Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
usage-info description
This property is not used.
max-instances number
The number of instances that you can create on this host.
cpu-cores string
This property is not used.
info description
Optionally, specify descriptive information about the new host.
Usage Guidelines
Update a host resources to add or change common parameters.
Examples
*** Parameter change ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc host update host-name host1 status Inactive
Related Commands
show ssc host host-name, ssc host list, ssc host add host-name
ssc host update template-name
Updates a Services Director host based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc host update template-name name | [host-name name] | [username name] | [status [Active | Inactive] ] | [info description]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
host-name name
Specify the host name.
username name
Optionally, specify the user for SSH access; this user must be root.
status Active | Inactive
Specify the status:
Active
Activates a resource.
Inactive
Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
info description
Optionally, specify descriptive information about the new host.
Usage Guidelines
Update an instance host with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc host update template-name hosttemp1 status Active
Related Commands
show ssc host host-name, ssc template create template-name
ssc import-cert
Imports an SSL certificate.
Syntax
ssc import-cert cert-data | [import-key key-data] | [password password]
Parameters
cert-data
Specify the certificate data in PEM format.
import-key key-data
Specify the key data in PEM format.
password password
Specify the private key password.
Usage Guidelines
You must import the SSL certificate and private key before you create instances.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc import-cert "cert-data" import-key "<key-data>"
Related Commands
ssc import-cert-key
Imports an SSL certificate and private key.
Syntax
ssc import-cert-key cert-data password password
Parameters
cert-date
Specify the location of the SSL certificate and private key, for example, http, ftp, or scp URL (scp://username:password@host/path/filename).
password password
Optionally, specify the private key password.
Usage Guidelines
You must import the SSL certificate and private key before you create instances.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc import-cert-key scp://username:[email protected]/ssc_archive/cert_key.pem
Certificate and Private Key imported successfully
Related Commands
ssc import-lic
Imports the Services Director license.
Syntax
ssc import-lic filename | file remote-file-path
Parameters
filename
Specify the Services Director license filename.
file remote-file-path
Optionally, specify the remote location of the license, for example <http, ftp, or scp URL (e.g. scp://username:password@host/path)>
Usage Guidelines
You must import the Services Director license before you create instances.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc import-lic file scp://username:[email protected]/ssc_archive/taranis-license
License imported successfully
Related Commands
ssc instance add instance-name
Adds an externally-deployed vTM instance to the estate of the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc instance add instance-name name bandwidth bandwidth owner instance-owner-name
stm-fpname feature-pack-name mgmt-address host-or-ip-addr [config-options string]
[admin-username username] [admin-password password] [rest-address uri-and-port]
[snmp-address ip-address] [ui-address ip-addr] [access-profile access-profile]
[analytics-profile analytics-profile]
Parameters
instance-name name
The name of the externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance.
bandwidth bandwidth
The maximum allowed bandwidth for the Traffic Manager instance (in Mbps).
owner owner
Specify who owns the instance.
stm-fpname feature-pack-name
The name of the feature_pack resource associated with the Traffic Manager instance. This represents the set of features that are available for the instance.
mgmt-address host-or-ip-addr
Specify the host name or IP address to reach the instance.
config-options string
A single configuration option is supported:
•snmp!community: The SNMP v2 community setting for this externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance. This must be set to the same value as the equivalent snmp!community property on the instance resource (default: "public").
Unlike Services Director-deployed instances, externally-deployed instances do not restart when config_options are changed.
admin-username name
The user name for the admin account for the externally-deployed instance.
admin-password password
The password for the admin account for the externally-deployed instance.
rest-address host-or-ip-addr
The address (host or IP address plus port number) of the Traffic Manager instance configuration REST API. If left blank, it defaults to :9070. The rest-address must match the instance host name. If you use a hostname instead of an IP address, you must use a fully qualified domain name. You can modify this property only for a externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance (or in a database-only request).
snmp-address host-or-ip-addr
The address (host or IP address plus port number) of the Traffic Manager instance SNMP responder. This setting enables you to set the SNMP address used for metering. If you use a hostname instead of an IP address, you must use a fully qualified domain name. You can modify this property only for a externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance (or in a database-only request).
ui-address host-or-ip-addr
The address (host or IP address plus port number) of the Traffic Manager instance Administration UI. If you do not enter a value, the UI address defaults to :9090. If you use a hostname instead of an IP address, you must use a fully qualified domain name. You can modify this property only for a externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance (or in a database-only request).
access-profile
The access profile identifies the authenticator and permission groups required for the user authentication on this Traffic Manager instance.
Access profile is a cluster-level configuration property, and is typically set for the vTM cluster (see ssc cluster create cluster-name). The current cluster-level setting is displayed in this dialogue. If you provide a new value for this property, the analytics profile will be applied to the Traffic Manager, and all other traffic manager instances in its cluster.
See also ssc access-profile remove-perm-group.
analytics-profile
The analytics profile identifies the vTM analytics settings for this Traffic Manager instance.
Analytics profile is a cluster-level configuration property, and is typically set for the vTM cluster (see ssc cluster create cluster-name). If you provide a new value for this property, the analytics profile will be applied to the Traffic Manager, and all other traffic manager instances in its cluster.
Usage Guidelines
Before you create a externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance, ensure that you have created a feature pack for the Traffic Manager.
You cannot create a externally-deployed Traffic Manager instance using containers.
Use the no instance instance-name <name> to delete an instance.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance add instance-name stm-i1 bandwidth 1200 owner janet stm-fpname default-fp mgmt-address test-demo
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance create instance-name, ssc instance list
ssc instance create instance-name
Creates a vTM instance.
Syntax
ssc instance create instance-name name license-name name bandwidth bandwidth cpu-usage cpu owner instance-owner-name stm-fpname feature-pack-name stm-version stm-version-name host-name host mgmt-address host-or-ip-addr [config-options string] [cluster-id name] [container-name name] [container-cfg config-data] [deploy none] [managed yes-or-none] [status [Active | Inactive]]
Parameters
instance-name name
Specify a unique name for the Traffic Manager instance.
license-name name
The name of the license resource you want to use for this instance. When you modify this property, the Services Director updates the license on the Traffic Manager instance.
bandwidth bandwidth
Specify the bandwidth allowed for this instance (in Mbps).
cpu-usage cpu
A string that describes which CPUs are used for this Traffic Manager instance. If used, you must either:
•Specify a value in a form that is used by the taskset command. For example, "0,3,57".
•Set this property to an empty string. This indicates that the host is not limited in its use of CPU cores (unless it is deployed within an LXC container). This is the default setting for the property if you do not specify a string.
Any change to the cpu_usage settings will cause a restart of the instance.
owner name
Specify a string that describes an owner of the instance.
stm-fpname feature-pack-name
Specify the Traffic Manager feature-pack name associated with the instance.
stm-version stm-version-name
The name of the Traffic Managerversion resource for the instance. If you modify this property, the Services Director upgrades the Traffic Manager instance to the new version. You can change this property only if the instance status is Idle.
host-name host
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager instance host on which the instance is running.
mgmt-address host-or-ip-addr
Specify the host name or IP address to reach the instance.
config-options string
A string containing configuration options for optional features. If specified, this is a space-delimited combination of one or more the following:
•default: This option has no effect and is used to avoid an empty string. If this is option is used, no other options can be specified in the config_options.
•admin_ui=yes/no: Start or bypass the Administration UI for the Traffic Manager instance (default: yes). You must set this to yes if you use the cluster_id property.
•maxfds=number: The maximum number of file descriptors (default: 4096). This setting must be consistent between all instances in a cluster. (See Notes, below).
•webcache!size=number: The size of RAM for the web cache (default: 0). This value can be specified in %, MB, GB by appending the corresponding unit symbol to the end of the value when not specifying a value in bytes. For example, 100%, 256MB, 1GB, and so on. This setting must be consistent between all instances in a cluster. (See Notes, below).
•java!enabled=yes/no: Start or bypass the Java server (default: no). This setting must be consistent between all instances in a cluster. (See Notes, below).
•statd!rsync_enabled=yes/no: Synchronize historical activity data within a cluster. If this data is unwanted, disable this setting to save CPU and bandwidth (default: yes). This setting must be consistent between all instances in a cluster. (See Notes, below).
•snmp!community: The SNMP v2 community setting for this instance resource. For metering of externally-deployed instances, this must be set to the same value as the equivalent snmp!community property on the instance itself (default: "public").
•num_children=number: The number of child processes (default: 1).
•start_flipper=yes/no: Start or bypass the flipper process (default: yes). You must set this to yes if you use the cluster_id property.
•afm_deciders=number: The number of application firewall decider processes. If 0 is specified, the application firewall is not installed (default: 0). Note: You cannot update this option after the instance has been deployed.
•flipper!frontend_check_addrs=host: Check instance front-end connectivity with a specific host. When the Services Director deploys an instance, it checks connectivity to the default gateway of the instance host by sending ICMP requests to it. If the default gateway is protected by a firewall or blocks ICMP requests, instance deployment can fail. To disable deployment connectivity checks, use flipper!frontend_check_addrs="". This setting must be consistent between all instances in a cluster. (See Notes, below).
•flipper!monitor_interval=number: The interval, in milliseconds, between flipper monitoring actions. (default: 500 ms). For higher density Traffic Manager instance deployments, use a larger value such as 2000ms. This setting must be consistent between all instances in a cluster. (See Notes, below).
Any change to the config_options settings will cause a restart of the instance.
Some configuration options, if specified here, must be consistent between all Traffic Manager instances in a cluster:
•maxfds
•webcache!size
•java!enabled
•statd!rsync_enabled
•flipper!monitor_interval
•flipper!frontend_check_addrs
If you set or update the value in one instance resource, the Services Director replicates this update automatically to the other instance resources. The instance will restart whenever these are changed, but other instances in the cluster must be restarted manually.
Whenever the config_options property is set, all currently modified options must be specified again in the REST call. Any options that are not specified will lose their current value and be reset to their default value.
cluster-id ID-or-name
Optionally, specify the name of a cluster resource to which the instance belongs.
If you do not specify a cluster name, a new cluster name is generated automatically and assigned to the instance.
container-name name
Specify the name of the LXC container in which the instance is running. If this is an empty string or none, the Traffic Manager is not run inside a container.
container-cfg config-data
Optionally, specify configuration data for the instance container. The string populates the container configuration file with the gateway IP, the management IP, the WAN IP, the LAN IP, the data plane gateway IP, and the flavor (also called size).
Use the following format:
"{'gateway': '10.5.27.1', 'mgmtip':'10.10.10.1/24', 'wanip':'10.10.10.2/24', 'lanip':'10.10.10.3/24', 'dataplanegw':'10.5.5.2', 'flavor':'small'}"
Possible flavor values are: small= 256, 1 CPU, medium= 512 2 CPU, or large= 1024 4 CPU.
deploy none
The default value is true. Specify none to apply changes to the database but not cause deployment changes. This setting supports testing and database reconciliation. No actions are carried out and no intermediate status is set. If a new instance resource is set to none then the status is set to Idle upon creation.
managed none
Specify yes.
active [Active | Inactive]
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
Usage Guidelines
Before you create a Traffic Manager instance, make sure you have:
•Imported the SSL certificate and key, the Services Director license, the enterprise bandwidth license key, and the Traffic Manager FLA license.
•Created a resource entry for the Traffic Manager FLA license.
•Imported the Traffic Manager image and created a resource entry for it.
•Imported the host OVA and created the host resource.
•Created a feature pack for the Traffic Manager.
•Provisioned the host OVA. When you execute the ssc host provision command, it un-tars the OVA, repackages the SSH public key created above and it is provisioned on ESXi. After the host is created in ESXi, the public key is assigned to the user defined in the ssc host provision command. After this command is executed you can SSH to the host without a password.
You can create instances without using containers, but you must ensure a degree of network isolation.
Before you create a container using the CLI, make sure that you have a host entry that includes the IP address and host name for the container you are going to create and that you can ping it.
Use the no instance instance-name <name> to delete an instance.
Examples
*** no container ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance create instance-name stm-i1 license name fla-ssl-ssc bandwidth 1200 cpu-usage 0 owner tim stm-fpname default-fp stm-version stm97 host-name test-demo mgmt-address test-demo
*** container ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance create instance-name stm-cont-i2 license name fla-ssl-ssc bandwidth 1200 cpu-usage 0 owner tim stm-fpname default-fp stm-version stm97 host-name test-demo mgmt-address 10.l0.10.1 container-name stm-cont-i1 container-cfg "{'gateway': '10.5.27.1', 'mgmtip':'10.10.10.1/24', 'wanip':'10.10.10.2/24', 'lanip':'10.10.10.3/24', 'dataplanegw':'10.5.5.2', 'flavor':'small'}"
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance add instance-name, ssc instance list
ssc instance force-start instance-name
Forces the status of the instance in the MySQL database to be Active.
Syntax
ssc instance force-start instance-name instance
Parameters
instance
The instance name.
Usage Guidelines
This command is used where there is an inconsistency between the actual status of the instance and the status of the instance in the MySQL database.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance force-start instance-name DMaxhill-05
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance force-start instance-name Instance-345879389713
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance start instance-name, ssc instance list, ssc instance force-stop instance-name
ssc instance force-stop instance-name
Forces the status of the instance in the MySQL database to be Idle.
Syntax
ssc instance force-stop instance-name instance
Parameters
instance
The instance name.
Usage Guidelines
This command is used where there is an inconsistency between the actual status of the instance and the status of the instance in the MySQL database.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance force-stop instance-name DMaxhill-05
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance force-stop instance-name Instance-345879389713
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance list, ssc instance force-start instance-name
ssc instance list
Displays a list of names for vTM instances that are registered on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc instance list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance list
+------------------------+
| Instance |
+------------------------+
| Pendragon-00 |
| Pendragon-01 |
| DMaxhill-05 |
| Instance-345879389713 |
+------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc instance create instance-name, ssc instance start instance-name, ssc instance stop instance-name
ssc instance start instance-name
Starts a vTM instance.
Syntax
ssc instance start instance-name instance
Parameters
instance
The instance name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance start instance-name DMaxhill-05
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance start instance-name Instance-345879389713
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance stop instance-name, ssc instance list
ssc instance stop instance-name
Stops a vTM instance.
Syntax
ssc instance stop instance-name instance
Parameters
instance
The instance name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance start instance-name DMaxhill-05
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance start instance-name Instance-345879389713
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance start instance-name, ssc instance list
ssc instance relicense instance-name
Relicenses a vTM instance that uses Universal FLA licensing. The instance must have its rest_enabled set to True .
Syntax
ssc instance relicense instance-name instance
Parameters
instance
The instance name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance relicense instance-name DMaxhill-05
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance create instance-name, ssc instance list
ssc instance update instance-name
Updates values in a vTM instance.
Syntax
ssc instance update instance-name instance [new-inst-name instance] [license-name name]
[bandwidth bandwidth] [cpu-usage cpu] [stm-fpname feature-pack-name] [stm-version stm-version-name] [config-options options] [container-cfg config-data] [managed yes-or-none] [deploy none]
[admin-username username] [admin-password password] [rest-address uri-and-port]
[snmp-address ip-address] [status [Active | Inactive]] [ui-address ip-addr] [access-profile access-profile] [analytics-profile analytics-profile]
Parameters
instance
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager instance.
new-inst-name instance
Specify the new name for the instance.
license-name name
Specify name of the FLA license resource for the instance
bandwidth bandwidth
Specify the bandwidth allowed for this instance.
cpu-usage cpu
Specify a string that describes which CPUs that can be used for the instance. The format can be used by the taskset command and typically is a single CPU number, such as 0. This command might be unnecessary depending on the container configuration.
stm-fpname feature-pack-name
Specify the Traffic Manager feature-pack name associated with the instance.
stm-version stm-version-name
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager version-resource for the instance. This is the Traffic Manager version name that is assigned when you imported the Traffic Manager into the Services Director.
host-name host
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager instance host on which the instance is running.
mgmt-address host-or-ip-addr
Specify the host name or IP address to reach the instance.
config-options string
Specify a string that defines the values for the instance container. The string populates the container configuration file with the gateway IP, the management IP, the WAN IP, the LAN IP, the data plane gateway IP, and the flavor or size: small= 256, 1 CPU, medium= 512 2 CPU, or large= 1024 4 CPU. Use the following format:
"{'gateway': '10.5.27.1', 'mgmtip':'10.10.10.1/24', 'wanip':'10.10.10.2/24', 'lanip':'10.10.10.3/24', 'dataplanegw':'10.5.5.2', 'flavor':'small'}"
container-cfg config-data
Optionally, specify configuration data for the instance container.
managed yes-or-none
Specify yes for Services Director-deployed instances or none for externally-deployed instances.
deploy none
The default value is true. Specify none to apply changes to the database but not cause deployment changes. This setting supports testing and database reconciliation. No actions are carried out and no intermediate status is set. If a new instance resource is set to none then the status is set to Idle upon creation.
admin-username username
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the user name of the Traffic Manager instance-administrator user.
admin-password password
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the password of the Traffic Manager instance-administrator user.
rest-address uri-and-port
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the IP address, including the port, for the instance REST API.
snmp-address ip-address
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the IP address, including the port, for the Traffic Manager instance SNMP server.
active [Active | Inactive]
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
ui-address ip-addr
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the IP address, including the port, for the Traffic Manager instance Admin UI.
access-profile
The access profile identifies the authenticator and permission groups required for the user authentication on this Traffic Manager instance.
Access profile is a cluster-level configuration property, and is typically set for the vTM cluster (see ssc cluster create cluster-name). The current cluster-level setting is displayed in this dialogue. If you provide a new value for this property, the analytics profile will be applied to the Traffic Manager, and all other traffic manager instances in its cluster.
See also ssc access-profile remove-perm-group.
analytics-profile
The analytics profile identifies the vTM analytics settings for this Traffic Manager instance.
Analytics profile is a cluster-level configuration property, and is typically set for the vTM cluster (see ssc cluster create cluster-name). If you provide a new value for this property, the analytics profile will be applied to the Traffic Manager, and all other traffic manager instances in its cluster.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance update instance-name inst1 admin-user root admin-password 1234
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc instance list
ssc instance update template-name
Updates a vTM instance based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc instance update template-name name instance-name instance [new-inst-name instance]
[license-name name] [bandwidth bandwidth] [cpu-usage cpu] [stm-fpname feature-pack-name]
[stm-version stm-version-name] [config-options options] [container-cfg configdata]
[managed yes-or-none] [deploy none] [admin-username username] [admin-password password]
[rest-address uri-and-port] [snmp-address ip-address] [status [Active | Inactive]] [ui-address ip-addr] [access-profile access-profile] [analytics-profile analytics-profile]
Parameters
template-name name
Specify the template name.
instance-name instance
Specify the current instance name.
new-inst-name instance
Specify the new name for the instance.
license-name name
Specify name of the FLA license resource for the instance
bandwidth bandwidth
Specify the bandwidth allowed for this instance.
cpu-usage cpu
Specify a string that describes which CPUs that can be used for the instance. The format can be used by the taskset command and typically is a single CPU number, such as 0. This command might be unnecessary depending on the container configuration.
stm-fpname feature-pack-name
Specify the Traffic Manager feature-pack name associated with the instance.
stm-version stm-version-name
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager version-resource for the instance. This is the Traffic Manager version name that is assigned when you imported the Traffic Manager into the Services Director.
host-name host
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager instance host on which the instance is running.
mgmt-address host-or-ip-addr
Specify the host name or IP address to reach the instance.
config-options string
Specify a string that defines the values for the instance container. The string populates the container configuration file with the gateway IP, the management IP, the WAN IP, the LAN IP, the data plane gateway IP, and the flavor or size: small= 256, 1 CPU, medium= 512 2 CPU, or large= 1024 4 CPU. Use the following format:
"{'gateway': '10.5.27.1', 'mgmtip':'10.10.10.1/24', 'wanip':'10.10.10.2/24', 'lanip':'10.10.10.3/24', 'dataplanegw':'10.5.5.2', 'flavor':'small'}"
container-cfg config-data
Optionally, specify configuration data for the instance container.
managed yes-or-none
Specify yes for Services Director-deployed instances or none for externally-deployed instances.
deploy none
The default value is true. Specify none to apply changes to the database but not cause deployment changes. This setting supports testing and database reconciliation. No actions are carried out and no intermediate status is set. If a new instance resource is set to none then the status is set to Idle upon creation.
admin-username username
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the user name of the Traffic Manager instance-administrator user.
admin-password password
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the password of the Traffic Manager instance-administrator user.
rest-address uri-and-port
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the IP address, including the port, for the instance REST API.
snmp-address ip-address
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the IP address, including the port, for the Traffic Manager instance SNMP server.
active [Active | Inactive]
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
ui-address ip-addr
Specify only for externally-deployed instances. Specify the IP address, including the port, for the Traffic Manager instance Admin UI.
access-profile
The access profile identifies the authenticator and permission groups required for the user authentication on this Traffic Manager instance.
Access profile is a cluster-level configuration property, and is typically set for the vTM cluster (see ssc cluster create cluster-name). The current cluster-level setting is displayed in this dialogue. If you provide a new value for this property, the analytics profile will be applied to the Traffic Manager, and all other traffic manager instances in its cluster.
See also ssc access-profile remove-perm-group.
analytics-profile
The analytics profile identifies the vTM analytics settings for this Traffic Manager instance.
Analytics profile is a cluster-level configuration property, and is typically set for the vTM cluster (see ssc cluster create cluster-name). If you provide a new value for this property, the analytics profile will be applied to the Traffic Manager, and all other traffic manager instances in its cluster.
Usage Guidelines
Updates a Traffic Manager instance with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc instance update template-name tempinst1 instance-name inst1 admin-user root admin-password 1234
Related Commands
show ssc instance instance-name, ssc template create template-name
ssc kpti
Changes the reboot setting for the Kernel Page-Table Isolation (KPTI) feature.
Syntax
ssc kpti [ enable | disable ]
Examples
*** check current state ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc kpti
KPTI is currently enabled and will remain enabled after reboot.
*** request a change of state ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc kpti disable
Disabled KPTI for next boot. Use "reload" to reboot.
Related Commands
ssc license enterprise add-on
Activates the enterprise add-on license.
Syntax
[no] ssc license enterprise add-on add license-key
Parameters
add license-key
Specify the add-on license key.
Usage Guidelines
For detailed information about add-on licenses, see Pulse Services Director Advanced User Guide. Use the no ssc license enterprise add-on <license key> command option to deactivate the enterprise add-on license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise add-on XXXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Related Commands
ssc license enterprise add-on list
Displays a list of add-on licenses installed.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise add-on list license
Parameters
license
(Optional) Specify an Enterprise add-on license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise add-on list
+-----------------------------------------+
| Enterprise Add-On Licenses |
+-----------------------------------------+
| 417928-23bbc2fb77767ac82db4df862658cabb |
+-----------------------------------------+
amnesia (config) # show ssc license enterprise add-on 417928-23bbc2fb77767ac82db4df862658cabb
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
| valid_until | 2016-10-07
| timestamp | 2016-09-27T21:37:13.1475037433
| controller_license | ERSSC381243-0000-42B9
| bandwidth | 5000.0
| serial | 417928
| license_key | LK1-ERSSCAPADD_FIPS:5:417928:20160924237433-0000-...
| controller_license_serial | 381243
| valid_from | Perpetual
| add_on_sku | ADD-FIPS
| valid | True
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc instance list
ssc license enterprise bandwidth activate
Activates an enterprise bandwidth license.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise bandwidth activate license-key
Parameters
license-key
Specify the enterprise bandwidth license key.
Usage Guidelines
You can have one or more bandwidth licenses depending on the needs of your enterprise. The bandwidth licenses are activated when you import the license key.
Use the no ssc license enterprise bandwidth <license key> command to delete an enterprise bandwidth license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise bandwidth activate 116415-0e60bc0fe6b16d659b90d732
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
| status | Active
| valid_until | 2016-10-07
| timestamp | 2016-09-27T21:37:13.1475037433
| controller_license | ERSSC381243-0000-42B9
| bandwidth | 5000.0
| valid_from | Perpetual
| serial | 115415
| license_key | LK1-ERSSCTPSTM_B_400:5:116415:20160927T213713147...
| controller_license_serial | 381243
| stm_sku | STM-400
| valid | True
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc instance list
ssc license enterprise bandwidth add
Adds an enterprise bandwidth license.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise bandwidth add license-key
Parameters
license-key
Specify the enterprise bandwidth license key.
Usage Guidelines
You can have one or more bandwidth licenses depending on the needs of your enterprise. The bandwidth licenses are activated when you import the license key.
Use the no ssc license enterprise bandwidth <license key> command to delete an enterprise bandwidth license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise bandwidth add LK1-ERSSCTPSTM_B_400:5:115415:20160927T27433-0000-43B9-5-5263-460B-1E66
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
| status | Active
| valid_until | 2016-10-07
| timestamp | 2016-09-27T21:37:13.1475037433
| controller_license | ERSSC381243-0000-43B9
| bandwidth | 5000.0
| valid_from | Perpetual
| serial | 115415
| license_key | LK1-ERSSCTPSTM_B_400:5:115415:20160927T2265764750...
| controller_license_serial | 381243
| stm_sku | STM-400
| valid | True
+---------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc instance list
ssc license enterprise bandwidth list
Lists enterprise bandwidth license keys.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise bandwidth list
Usage Guidelines
You can have one or more bandwidth licenses depending on the needs of your enterprise. The bandwidth licenses are activated when you import the license key.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise bandwidth list
+-----------------------------------------+
| Enterprise Bandwidth Licenses |
+-----------------------------------------+
| 342005-5e876d4bc34885e04f2c58867e21f1cf |
+-----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc instance list
ssc license enterprise controller list
Lists enterprise controller license keys.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise controller list
Usage Guidelines
Use no license enterprise controller <key> to delete an enterprise controller license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise controller list
+--------------------------------+
| Enterprise Controller Licenses |
+--------------------------------+
| ERSSC381244-0000-52A9 |
+--------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc instance list
ssc license enterprise resource-pack add
Adds a resource pack license key.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise resource-pack add license-key
Usage Guidelines
Use no license enterprise resource-pack <key> to delete an enterprise resource pack license.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise resource-pack add LK1-
BR_ADC_RES_EMBAS5I_S_01:5:261755:2017081341503363094-0000-4401-5-6DC1-34C2-7045
+---------------------------+------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+---------------------------+------------------------------------------------------
| valid_until | 2017-08-31
| timestamp | 2017-08-21T17:51:34.1503363094
| controller_license |
| valid_from | Perpetual
| license_key | LK1-BR_ADC_RES_EMBAS5I_S_01:5:261755:2017081341503...
| serial | 261755
| controller_license_serial |
| stm_sku | ENT-ENTM
| resource_amount | 5
| valid | False
+---------------------------+------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc license enterprise resource-pack list
ssc license enterprise resource-pack list
Lists resource pack license keys.
Syntax
ssc license enterprise resource-pack list
Usage Guidelines
Use no license enterprise resource-pack <key> to delete an enterprise resource pack license.
Examples
*** list resource pack licenses ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc license enterprise resource-pack list
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Enterprise Resource-Pack Licenses |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| LK1-BR_ADC_RES_EMBAS5I_S_01:5:261755:2017341363094-0000-4401-5-6DC1-34C2-7045 |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
*** delete a resource pack license ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc license enterprise resource-pack
LK1-BR_ADC_RES_EMBAS5I_S_01:5:261755:2017341363094-0000-4401-5-6DC1-34C2-7045
Successfully deleted resource-pack key
(LK1-BR_ADC_RES_EMBAS5I_S_01:5:261755:2017341363094-0000-4401-5-6DC1-34C2-7045)
Related Commands
show ssc license enterprise, ssc license enterprise resource-pack add
ssc license list
Displays a list of FLA licenses that are present. Where no FLA license is present, this is indicated.
Syntax
ssc license list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc license list
+--------------+
| License |
+--------------+
| universal_v4 |
| legacy_9.3 |
+--------------+
Related Commands
ssc log metering clear
Deletes backup Services Director metering logs.
Syntax
ssc log metering clear
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc log metering clear
Related Commands
ssc log metering phone-home enable, ssc log metering generate
ssc log metering generate
Extracts metering logs.
Syntax
ssc log metering generate [backup [yes | no]]
Parameters
backup yes/no
Optional. Specify to indicate whether previously-generated logs are to be included. New logs are always included.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc log metering generate backup no
In this example, the backup switch indicates that no previously-generated logs are required; only new log data (since the most recent log generation) is included. A maximum of ten metering logs can be generated by this process.
Related Commands
ssc log metering phone-home enable, ssc log metering clear
ssc log metering phone-home enable
Enables/disables the phone home service for Services Director metering logs.
Syntax
[no] ssc log metering phone-home enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the phone home feature.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc log metering phone-home enable
Related Commands
ssc log metering clear, ssc log metering generate
ssc log-export create
Creates a new log-export resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc log-export create tag value files file-list [history {None | All}] [appliance-only Boolean]
Parameters
tag value
The customer-facing name for the log-export resource. If this is not set, the tag is set to the UUID value for the resource.
files file-list
A comma-separated list of log files. The files identified by this list will be sent by the vTM to its assigned collection endpoint.
You can include wildcards if required. You can also include the %ZEUSHOME% variable if required, which represents the Services Director's home directory.
For example: %ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/stingrayafm/log-master/*,%ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/stingrayafm/log/*
history
(Optional) Identifies how much historic activity should be exported for this log. Use one of the following settings:
•None. This indicates that only current activity logs will be exported. All historic activity logs will not be included. This is the default setting.
•All. This indicates that all current and historic activity logs will be exported.
appliance_only
(Optional) a Boolean setting that indicates log-export usage:
•true: the log-export is only supported on virtual appliance installations of the Virtual Traffic Manager, and not on software installations.
•false: the log-export is supported on all installations. This is the default setting.
Examples
*** create a log-export resource ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export create tag "Request Logs" files "%ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/myvirtualserver.log"
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
| files | %ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/myvirtualserver.log |
| tag | Request Logs |
| appliance_only | False |
| built_in | False |
| log_export_id | Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q |
| history | none |
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** list all log-export resources to confirm the addition ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export list
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q | Request Logs |
| Audit Log | Audit Log |
| Application Firewall | Application Firewall |
| Process Monitor | Process Monitor |
| Admin Server Access | Admin Server Access |
| System - syslog | System - syslog |
| Event Log | Event Log |
| Routing Software | Routing Software |
| Data Plane Acceleration | Data Plane Acceleration |
| System - authentication log | System - authentication log |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc log-export, ssc log-export delete, ssc log-export list, ssc log-export update
ssc log-export delete
Deletes a log-export resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc log-export delete id log-export-id
Parameters
id log-export-id
The identifier for the log-export resource, either its tag or its UUID.
Usage Guidelines
You can only delete a log-export resource that has an ID of the form Log-Export-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx. This indicates that the log-export resource was created by a user.
You cannot delete a log-export resource that has an ID that uses English words, and which matches its tag. For example: Audit Logs. This indicates that the log-export resource was created automatically when the Services Director was installed.
Examples
*** list all log-export resources ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export list
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q | Request Logs |
| Audit Log | Audit Log |
| Application Firewall | Application Firewall |
| Process Monitor | Process Monitor |
| Admin Server Access | Admin Server Access |
| System - syslog | System - syslog |
| Event Log | Event Log |
| Routing Software | Routing Software |
| Data Plane Acceleration | Data Plane Acceleration |
| System - authentication log | System - authentication log |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
*** try to delete log-export resource that was provided with the product ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export delete id "Audit Log"
+-------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+-------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| error | Access to resource is forbidden (Deleting a built-in log export entry...
+-------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*** delete a specific log-export resource ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export delete id "Request Logs"
+--------------------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+--------------------------------------------------------+
| Log Export type Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q deleted |
+--------------------------------------------------------+
*** list all log-export resources to confirm the deletion ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export list
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Audit Log | Audit Log |
| Application Firewall | Application Firewall |
| Process Monitor | Process Monitor |
| Admin Server Access | Admin Server Access |
| System - syslog | System - syslog |
| Event Log | Event Log |
| Routing Software | Routing Software |
| Data Plane Acceleration | Data Plane Acceleration |
| System - authentication log | System - authentication log |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc log-export, ssc log-export create, ssc log-export list, ssc log-export update
ssc log-export list
Lists all log-export resources. These resources are used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc log-export list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export list
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Audit Log | Audit Log |
| Application Firewall | Application Firewall |
| Process Monitor | Process Monitor |
| Admin Server Access | Admin Server Access |
| System - syslog | System - syslog |
| Event Log | Event Log |
| Routing Software | Routing Software |
| Data Plane Acceleration | Data Plane Acceleration |
| System - authentication log | System - authentication log |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc log-export, ssc log-export create, ssc log-export delete, ssc log-export update
ssc log-export update
Updates a log-export resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc log-export update id log-export-id [tag value [files file-list] [history {None | All}] [appliance-only Boolean]
Parameters
id log-export-id
The identifier for the log-export resource, either its tag or its UUID.
tag value
The customer-facing name for the log-export resource. If this is not set, the tag is set to the UUID value for the resource.
files files-list
A comma-separated list of log files. The files identified by this list will be sent by the vTM to its assigned collection endpoint.
You can include wildcards if required. You can also include the %ZEUSHOME% variable if required, which represents the Services Director's home directory.
For example: %ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/stingrayafm/log-master/*,%ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/stingrayafm/log/*
history
Identifies how much historic activity should be exported for this log. Use one of the following settings:
•None. This indicates that only current activity logs will be exported. All historic activity logs will not be included. This is the default setting.
•All. This indicates that all current and historic activity logs will be exported.
appliance_only
A Boolean setting that indicates log-export usage:
•true: the log-export is only supported on virtual appliance installations of the Virtual Traffic Manager, and not on software installations.
•false: the log-export is supported on all installations. This is the default setting.
Usage Guidelines
You can only update a log-export resource that has an ID of the form Log-Export-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx. This indicates that the log-export resource was created by a user.
You cannot update a log-export resource that has an ID that uses English words, and which matches its tag. For example: Audit Logs. This indicates that the log-export resource was created automatically when the Services Director was installed.
Examples
*** list all log-export resources ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export list
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ID | Tag |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q | Request Logs |
| Audit Log | Audit Log |
| Application Firewall | Application Firewall |
| Process Monitor | Process Monitor |
| Admin Server Access | Admin Server Access |
| System - syslog | System - syslog |
| Event Log | Event Log |
| Routing Software | Routing Software |
| Data Plane Acceleration | Data Plane Acceleration |
| System - authentication log | System - authentication log |
+--------------------------------+-----------------------------+
*** display properties for a specific log-export resource ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc log-export id "Request Logs"
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
| files | %ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/myvirtualserver.log |
| tag | Request Logs |
| appliance_only | False |
| built_in | False |
| log_export_id | Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q |
| children | None |
| history | none |
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
*** update the history property for this log-export resource ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc log-export update id "Request Logs" history all
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
| files | %ZEUSHOME%/zxtm/log/myvirtualserver.log |
| tag | Request Logs |
| appliance_only | False |
| built_in | False |
| log_export_id | Log-Export-1YRJ-LIPR-ZWY7-3J1Q |
| history | all |
+----------------+-----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc log-export, ssc log-export create, ssc log-export delete, ssc log-export list
ssc manager list
Lists Services Director managers.
Syntax
ssc manager list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc manager list
+----------+
| Manager |
+----------+
| amnesiac |
+----------+
Related Commands
show ssc manager manager-name, ssc manager update manager-name
ssc manager update manager-name
Updates Services Director manager settings.
Syntax
ssc manager update manager-name name mgmt-mode [enabled | disabled] metering-mode [all | none] licensing-mode [enabled |disabled |enabled-with-alerts]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the manager.
mgmt-mode
Specify the management mode for the manager: enabled, disabled.
metering-mode
Specify the metering mode for the manager: all, none.
licensing-mode
Specify the licensing mode for the manager: enabled, disabled, enabled-with-alerts.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc manager manager-name <name> command to delete a manager that is flagged as failed.
Use the no ssc manager manager-name <name> force-delete command to delete a manager that is not flagged as failed.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc manager update manager-name amnesiac mgmt-mode enabled metering-mode all licensing-mode enabled
Related Commands
show ssc manager manager-name, ssc manager list
ssc manager update template-name
Updates the Services Director manager based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc manager update template-name name | [manager-name name mgmt-mode enabled | disabled] | [metering-mode all | none] | [licensing-mode enabled | disabled | enabledwithalerts]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
manager-name name
Specify the manager name.
mgmt-mode
Specify the management mode for the manager: enabled, disabled.
metering-mode
Specify the metering mode for the manager: all, none.
licensing-mode
Specify the licensing mode for the manager: enabled, disabled, enabled-with-alerts.
Usage Guidelines
Updates a manager with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc manager update template-name mantemp1 manager-name amnesiac mgmt-mode disabled
Related Commands
ssc manager update manager-name, ssc template create template-name
ssc metering warning list
Displays a list of all Traffic Manager instances that have a metering warning raised against them.
Syntax
ssc metering warning list
Usage Guidelines
To display information for failed Traffic Manager instances, see show ssc owner.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc metering warning list
+-----------+
| Instance |
+-----------+
| cerise-02 |
| sienna-01 |
+-----------+
Related Commands
show ssc dashboard, show ssc metering warning instance-name, show ssc settings metering, ssc settings metering update
ssc owner create
Creates an owner on the Services Director. This is used to indicate ownership of registered vTMs and vTM clusters, and is required during automated self-registration of vTMs.
Syntax
ssc owner create [e-mail email-address] [secret password] [timezone timezone] [[tag name]
Parameters
e-mail email-address
Optionally, specify a valid e-mail address that will be used to contact an administrator if required.
secret password
Optionally, specify a password for this owner. This is required for automatic self-registration.
timezone timezone
Optionally, specify a timezone for this owner. For example: "Europe/London", "America/Detroit", "GMT".
tag
Optionally, specify a unique name for this owner.
Usage Guidelines
No parameters are mandatory. If none are provided, an owner is created with only the UUID set.
Examples
*** list owners to confirm which are available ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A | JK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
*** create new owner 'TK' ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner create tag TK timezone Europe/London
+---------------+---------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+---------------------------+
| instances | [] |
| tag | TK |
| timezone | Europe/London |
| email_address | |
| secret | QUK5qKRPy2mt |
| clusters | [] |
| owner_id | Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 |
+---------------+---------------------------+
*** list owners again ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A | JK |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
Related Commands
show ssc owner, ssc owner delete, ssc owner list, ssc owner update
ssc owner delete
Deletes an owner on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc owner delete owner-id owner
Parameters
owner-id owner
Specify the owner you want to delete, using either its tag or UUID.
Examples
*** list owners ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A | JK |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
*** delete owner ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner delete owner-id JK
+-----------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-----------------------------------------+
| Owner Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A deleted |
+-----------------------------------------+
*** list owners to confirm deletion ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
Related Commands
show ssc owner, ssc owner create, ssc owner list, ssc owner update
ssc owner list
Displays a list of all owners on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc owner list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A | JK |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
Related Commands
show ssc owner, ssc owner create, ssc owner delete, ssc owner update
ssc owner update
Updates an owner on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc owner update owner-id owner [e-mail email-address] [secret password] [timezone timezone] [[tag name]
Parameters
owner-id owner
Identify the owner that you want to update, using either its tag or UUID.
e-mail email-address
Optionally, specify a valid e-mail address that will be used to contact an administrator if required.
secret password
Optionally, specify a password for this owner. This is required for automatic self-registration.
timezone
Optionally, specify a timezone for this owner. For example: "Europe/London", "America/Detroit", "GMT".
tag
Optionally, specify a unique name for this owner.
Examples
*** list owners ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A | JK |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | Demo |
+---------------------------+------+
*** rename 'Demo' to 'JRRT' ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner update owner-id Demo tag JRRT
+---------------+-----------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+-----------------------------------+
| instances | [u'Instance-097D-W8HI-XR4K-GYUF'] |
| tag | JRRT |
| timezone | Europe/Lisbon |
| email_address | |
| secret | |
| clusters | [u'Cluster-3FRI-XJST-S2UY-CCMD'] |
| owner_id | Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 |
+---------------+-----------------------------------+
*** list owners ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc owner list
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner ID | Tag |
+---------------------------+------+
| Owner-HSC1-T4QV-BXPB-Z4CZ | HC |
| Owner-NS3F-FHQ4-RO11-5Y0A | JK |
| Owner-58I2-2N4F-IXG0-8084 | TK |
| Owner-JJM6-0UII-JUAH-R979 | JRRT |
+---------------------------+------+
Related Commands
show ssc owner, ssc owner create, ssc owner delete, ssc owner list
ssc registration delete
Deletes a specified self-registration request.
Syntax
ssc registration delete registration-id
Parameters
registration-id
Specify the ID for the self-registration request.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc registration delete registration-id Reg-NF8H-W5UT-ECL3-HFMH
Successfully deleted registration Reg-NF8H-W5UT-ECL3-HFMH
Related Commands
show ssc registration, ssc registration list, ssc registration update
ssc registration list
Lists all self-registration requests received by Services Director. This list includes all Approved, Pending, Declined and Blacklisted requests.
Syntax
ssc registration list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc registration list
+-------------------------+--------------------+-------------+
| ID | REST Address | Status |
+-------------------------+--------------------+-------------+
| Reg-NF8H-W5UT-ECL3-HFMH | 10.62.169.167:9070 | Accepted |
| Reg-RUE7-NV0B-TXE7-RQO6 | 10.62.169.168:9070 | Blacklisted |
| Reg-1K8R-1C1Z-JM3S-W12R | 10.62.169.167:9070 | Pending |
+-------------------------+--------------------+-------------+
Related Commands
show ssc registration, ssc registration delete, ssc registration update
ssc registration update
Updates the state of a specified self-registration request. This is the standard method for approving a request.
Syntax
ssc registration update registration-id registration-id state [ blacklist | pending | decline [ reason declined-reason ] | accept [ instance-name name owner owner feature-pack feature_pack bandwidth bandwidth [access_profile access_profile] [analytics_profile analytics_profile] ]
Parameters
registration-id
Specify the ID for the self-registration request.
state
Specify a new state for the self-registration request. Supported transitions are:
•Pending --> Accepted
•Pending --> Declined
•Pending --> Blacklisted
•Declined --> Pending
•Blacklisted --> Pending
declined-reason
Optionally, specify a reason (as a string) for the transition from Pending to Declined. This is not used for any other state transition.
instance-name
The name for the instance.
owner
The owner of the instance.
feature_pack
The feature pack for the instance.
bandwidth
The bandwidth for the instance.
access_profile
(Optional) The access_profile for the instance.
analytics_profile
(Optional) The analytics profile for the instance.
Usage Guidelines
The following commands represent the four supported state transitions:
•Pending to Declined:
ssc registration update registration-id <reg-id> state decline reason <reason>
•Pending to Blacklisted:
ssc registration update registration-id <reg-id> state blacklist
•Declined/Blacklisted back to Pending:
ssc registration update registration-id <reg-id> state pending
•Pending to Accepted:
ssc registration update registration-id <reg-id> state accept instance-name <name> owner <owner> feature-pack <feature_pack> bandwidth <bandwidth> access_profile <access_profile> analytics_profile <analytics_profile>
When the Pending to Accepted transition is performed, the authenticator and permission groups in the access profile are applied to the vTM. Existing authenticators and permission groups may be overwritten, but none will be deleted. All members of a cluster are affected.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc registration update registration-id Reg-RUE7-NV0B-TXE7-RQO6 state decline reason "Unexpected submission"
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
| snmp_address | 10.62.169.168:161 |
| registration_message | Cerise-02 10.4 registration (Tekton) |
| bandwidth | None |
| owner | None |
| email_address | [email protected] |
| instance_name | None |
| uuid | 06711d65-b1c6-3301-96d6-005056a63342 |
| hostname | 10.62.169.168 |
| declined_reason | Unexpected submission |
| instance_version | 10.4 |
| status | Declined |
| snmp_community | public |
| admin_address | 10.62.169.168:9090 |
| rest_address | 10.62.169.168:9070 |
| feature_pack | None |
| cluster_identifier | |
| registration_time | 2016-03-07 16:44:24 |
| instance_id | None |
| management_ip | 10.62.169.168 |
| pending_time | 2016-03-07 16:44:24 |
| access_profile | None |
| analytics_profile | None |
+----------------------+--------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc registration, ssc registration delete, ssc registration list
ssc reg-policy create
Creates a registration policy on the Services Director. This is used during the automatic self-registration of externally-deployed vTMs and cloud-based vTMs.
Syntax
ssc reg-policy create feature-pack feature-pack bandwidth bandwidth mgmt-ip-subnet subnet [tag name] [inst-version-low version] [inst-version-high version] [access-profile access-profile] [analytics-profile analytics-profile]
Parameters
feature-pack
Specify the name of a feature pack.
This is the feature pack that will be assigned to a vTM that is successfully evaluated using this policy.
This is not an acceptance condition, but the evaluation of the bandwidth property refers to this property.
bandwidth
This is the required bandwidth (in Mbps) for a vTM that is evaluated using this policy.
If there is insufficient bandwidth in the specified Feature Pack for a vTM, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
mgmt-ip-subnet
Specify the IP address and netmask of a subnetwork in CIDR format. For example, 10.122.12.13/18.
This identifies the subnet to which a vTM must belong to be accepted by this policy.
If a vTM that is evaluated by this policy is from outside the specified subnetwork, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
tag
(Optional) A unique name for the self-registration policy.
inst-version-low
(Optional) The minimum version for the vTM software. This takes the form X.Y. Examples: 10.0, 10.3.
R1 releases are included automatically for any base version. For example, 10.0 includes 10.0r1.
If a vTM that is evaluated by this policy does not meet this condition, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
inst-version-high
(Optional) The maximum version for the vTM software. This takes the form X.Y. Examples: 10.4, 11.0.
R1 releases are included automatically for any base version. For example, 10.3 includes 10.3r1.
If a vTM that is evaluated by this policy does not meet this condition, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
access-profile
(Optional) The Access Profile for the policy. This profile identifies the authenticator and permission groups required for the user authentication on this vTM.
If selected, these will be applied to the vTM once it is accepted. All cluster members are affected by this change.
analytics-profile
(Optional) The Analytics Profile for the policy. This profile identifies the resources required for analytics on this vTM.
If selected, these will be applied to the vTM once it is accepted. All cluster members are affected by this change.
Examples
*** list existing self-reg policies ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy list
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy ID | Tag |
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy-MHM8-AB62-SI2J-DNUX | jk-self-reg-01 |
| Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J | self-reg-01 |
+----------------------------+----------------+
*** create a new sel-reg policy 'jk-self-reg-02' ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy create feature-pack STM-400_full bandwidth 80 mgmt-ip-subnet 10.20.128.0/18 inst-version-low 10.2 tag jk-self-reg-02
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| instance_version_range_low | 10.2 |
| bandwidth | 80 |
| tag | jk-self-reg-02 |
| management_ip_subnet | 10.20.128.0/18 |
| feature_pack | STM-400_full |
| access_profile | None |
| analytics_profile | None |
| instance_version_range_high | |
| policy_id | Policy-I7A7-3DN2-6IEB-QF96 |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy list
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy ID | Tag |
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy-MHM8-AB62-SI2J-DNUX | jk-self-reg-01 |
| Policy-I7A7-3DN2-6IEB-QF96 | jk-self-reg-02 |
| Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J | self-reg-01 |
+----------------------------+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc reg-policy, ssc reg-policy delete, ssc reg-policy list, ssc reg-policy update
ssc reg-policy delete
Deletes a registration policy from the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc reg-policy delete policy-id registration-policy
Parameters
registration-policy
Specify the name of the registration policy that you want to delete.
Examples
*** list self-reg policies ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy list
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy ID | Tag |
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy-MHM8-AB62-SI2J-DNUX | jk-self-reg-01 |
| Policy-I7A7-3DN2-6IEB-QF96 | jk-self-reg-02 |
| Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J | self-reg-01 |
+----------------------------+----------------+
*** delete self-reg policy 'jk-self-reg-02' ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy delete policy-id jk-self-reg-02
+--------------------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+--------------------------------------------------------+
| Registration policy Policy-I7A7-3DN2-6IEB-QF96 deleted |
+--------------------------------------------------------+
*** list self-reg policies to confirm deletion ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy list
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy ID | Tag |
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy-MHM8-AB62-SI2J-DNUX | jk-self-reg-01 |
| Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J | self-reg-01 |
+----------------------------+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc reg-policy, ssc reg-policy create, ssc reg-policy list, ssc reg-policy update
ssc reg-policy list
Displays a list of all a registration policies on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc reg-policy list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy list
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy ID | Tag |
+----------------------------+----------------+
| Policy-MHM8-AB62-SI2J-DNUX | jk-self-reg-01 |
| Policy-I7A7-3DN2-6IEB-QF96 | jk-self-reg-02 |
| Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J | self-reg-01 |
+----------------------------+----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc reg-policy, ssc reg-policy create, ssc reg-policy delete, ssc reg-policy update
ssc reg-policy update
Updates a registration policy on the Services Director.
Syntax
ssc reg-policy update policy-id id [tag name] [feature-pack feature-pack] [bandwidth bandwidth]
[mgmt-ip-subnet subnet] [inst-version-low version] [inst-version-high version] [access-profile access-profile] [analytics-profile analytics-profile]
Parameters
policy-id id
Specify the name of the registration policy that you want to update.
tag
(Optional) A unique name for the self-registration policy.
feature-pack
(Optional) The name of a feature pack.
This is the feature pack that will be assigned to a vTM that is successfully evaluated using this policy.
This is not an acceptance condition, but the evaluation of the bandwidth property refers to this property.
bandwidth
(Optional) The required bandwidth (in Mbps) for a vTM that is evaluated using this policy.
If there is insufficient bandwidth in the specified Feature Pack for a vTM, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
mgmt-ip-subnet
(Optional) The IP address and netmask of a subnetwork in CIDR format. For example, 10.122.12.13/18.
This identifies the subnet to which a vTM must belong to be accepted by this policy.
If a vTM that is evaluated by this policy is from outside the specified subnetwork, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
inst-version-low
(Optional) The minimum version for the vTM software. This takes the form X.Y. Examples: 10.0, 10.3.
R1 releases are included automatically for any base version. For example, 10.0 includes 10.0r1.
If a vTM that is evaluated by this policy does not meet this condition, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
inst-version-high
(Optional) The maximum version for the vTM software. This takes the form X.Y. Examples: 10.4, 11.0.
R1 releases are included automatically for any base version. For example, 10.3 includes 10.3r1.
If a vTM that is evaluated by this policy does not meet this condition, the auto-acceptance of the vTM is rejected by the self-registration policy.
access-profile
(Optional) An access profile. This profile identifies the authenticator and permission groups required for the user authentication on this vTM.
If selected, these will be applied to the vTM once it is accepted. All cluster members are affected by this change.
analytics-profile
(Optional) An analytics profile. This profile identifies the resources required to implement analytics on this vTM.
If selected, these will be applied to the vTM once it is accepted. All cluster members are affected by this change.
Examples
*** show details for a self-reg policy ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc reg-policy policy-id self-reg-01
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| instance_version_range_low | |
| bandwidth | 100 |
| tag | self-reg-01 |
| management_ip_subnet | 10.62.128.0/18 |
| feature_pack | STM-400_full |
| access_profile | None |
| analytics_profile | None |
| instance_version_range_high | |
| policy_id | Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
*** change bandwidth from 100 to 120 ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc reg-policy update policy-id self-reg-01 bandwidth 120
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
| instance_version_range_low | |
| bandwidth | 120 |
| tag | self-reg-01 |
| management_ip_subnet | 10.62.128.0/18 |
| feature_pack | STM-400_full |
| access_profile | None |
| analytics_profile | None |
| instance_version_range_high | |
| policy_id | Policy-8QU3-ZERY-8IW6-3W6J |
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc reg-policy, ssc reg-policy create, ssc reg-policy delete, ssc reg-policy list
ssc sd-admin-ca create
Creates a Services Director CA certificate that is for use with a secure LDAP server authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-admin-ca create admin-ca-name tag certificate-authority certificate-text
Parameters
tag
A unique name for the CA certificate.
certificate-text
The text of the CA certificate.
Examples
*** list certificates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca list
+------+------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------+------------------------------+
| CA-1 | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2 |
+------+------------------------------+
*** add a new certificate ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca create admin-ca-name CA-2 certificate-authority "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- ...<certificate body>... -----END CERTIFICATE----- >"
+------------------------------------------+
| Created |
+------------------------------------------+
| admin certificate authority CA-2 created |
+------------------------------------------+
*** confirm creation ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca list
+------+------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------+------------------------------+
| CA-1 | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2 |
| CA-2 | Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+------+------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc sd-admin-ca list, ssc sd-admin-ca update, show ssc sd-admin-ca, show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc sd-admin-ca list
Lists all Services Director CA certificates that are for use with a secure LDAP server authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-admin-ca list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca list
+------+------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------+------------------------------+
| CA-1 | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2 |
| CA-2 | Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+------+------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc sd-admin-ca create, ssc sd-admin-ca update, show ssc sd-admin-ca, show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc sd-admin-ca update
Updates a Services Director CA certificate that is for use with a secure LDAP server authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-admin-ca create admin-ca-name tag certificate-authority certificate-text new-admin-ca-name new-tag
Parameters
tag
A unique name for the CA certificate.
certificate
The text of the CA certificate.
new-tag
A new unique name for the CA certificate.
Examples
*** list certificates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca list
+------+------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------+------------------------------+
| CA-1 | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2 |
| CA-2 | Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+------+------------------------------+
*** rename the CA-2 certificate ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca update admin-ca-name CA-2 new-admin-ca-name LDP2
+------------------------------------------+
| Updated |
+------------------------------------------+
| admin certificate authority CA-2 updated |
+------------------------------------------+
*** confirm update ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-admin-ca list
+------+------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------+------------------------------+
| CA-1 | Admin-CA-5XJ0-HP0Y-YQAX-69O2 |
| LDP2 | Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+------+------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc sd-admin-ca create, ssc sd-admin-ca list, show ssc sd-admin-ca, show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name
Adds an LDAP-based Services Director authenticator. This can be either secure or non-secure.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name authenticator-name auth-status [enabled | disabled] server server server dn-method method filter filter base-dn base-DN fallback-group fallback-group port port timeout timeout-period group-attribute group-attribute group-field group-field bind-dn bind-DN group-filter group-filter ssl ssl [search-dn search-DN search-password password]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the LDAP Services Director authenticator.
auth-status
Specify whether the authenticator is either enabled or disabled.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the LDAP server.
method
Specify how the bind DN for a user will be derived. Either:
•construct: the bind DN for a user can be constructed from a known string, (see <bind-DN>) or
•search: the bind DN for a user can be searched for in the directory. This is necessary if you have users under different directory paths.
filter
Specify a filter that uniquely identifies a user located under the Base DN.
The string "%u" will be substituted with the username. For example:
•Active Directory: "sAMAccountName=%u"
•Unix LDAP: "uid=%u"
base-DN
Specify the base DN (Distinguished Name) for directory searches.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If <group-attribute> is not defined, or is not set for the user, this permission group will be used. If not specified, users with no attribute matching group-attribute will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the LDAP server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the LDAP server.
group-attribute
Specify the LDAP attribute that gives a user's group. For example: "memberOf". If multiple values are returned by the LDAP server, the first valid one will be used.
group-field
Specify the sub-field of the group-attribute that gives a user's group. For example: if <group-attribute> is "memberOf" which delivers "CN=mygroup, OU=groups, OU=users, DC=mycompany, DC=local", set group-field to "CN". The first matching field will be used.
bind-DN
Specify a template to construct the bind DN from the username. This is only used when <method> is "construct". The string "%u" is replaced by the username. For example:
•"cn=%u,dn=mycompany,dn=local"
group-filter
Specify an alternative group search filter. This is only used when the user record returned by the LDAP filter does not contain the required group information.
This will typically be required if you have Unix/POSIX-style user records. If multiple records are returned the list of group names will be extracted from all of them.
The string "%u" will be replaced by the username. For example:
•"(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
ssl
(Optional) Select the required LDAP security type:
•none. Select this if your LDAP server does not support secure connections.
•starttls. Select this if your LDAP server supports STARTTLS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
•ldaps. Select this if your LDAP server supports LDAPS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
search-DN
Specify a DN to use when searching the directory for a user's bind DN. These are only used when the DN Method is Search. You can leave these blank if it is possible to perform the bind DN search using an anonymous bind.
search-password
Specify the password for the search-DN.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc sd-authenticator auth-name command to delete an authenticator.
You cannot delete a Services Director authenticator that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
*** create an LDAP Services Director authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name "LDAP Server" auth-status enabled server 10.62.169.170 dn-method "construct" filter "sAMAccountName=%u" base-dn "OU=users, DC=tekton, DC=local" fallback-group admin port 389 timeout 30 group-attribute "memberOf" group-field "CN" bind-dn "%[email protected]" group-filter ssl starttls "(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
+--------------------------------------+
| Created |
+--------------------------------------+
| SD Authenticator LDAP Server created |
+--------------------------------------+
*** delete an LDAP Services Director ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc sd-authenticator auth-name "LDAP Server"
+-----------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-----------------------------------+
| Authenticator LDAP Server deleted |
+-----------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name, show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-admin-ca create, ssc sd-admin-ca list, ssc sd-admin-ca update
ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name
Adds a RADIUS-based Services Director authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name authenticator-name auth-status [enable | disable] server server fallback-group fallback-group port port timeout timeout-period group-attribute group-attribute group-vendor group-vendor secret secret nas-identifier NAS-identifier nas-ip-address NAS-ip-address
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the RADIUS Services Director authenticator.
auth-status
Specify whether the authenticator is either enabled or disabled.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the RADIUS server.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If no group is found using the vendor and group identifiers, or the group found is not valid, the permission group specified here will be used.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the RADIUS server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the RADIUS server.
group-attribute
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the attribute that specifies an account's group. May be left blank if <fallback-group> is specified.
group-vendor
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the vendor of the RADIUS attribute that specifies an account's group. Leave blank if using a standard attribute such as Filter-Id.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the RADIUS server.
NAS-identifier
Specify a string identifying the Network Access Server (NAS) which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server. If left blank the address of the interface used to connect to the server will be used.
NAS-ip-address
Specify the identifying IP Address of the NAS which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc sd-authenticator auth-name command to delete an authenticator.
You cannot delete a Services Director authenticator that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
*** create a RADIUS authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name "RADIUS Server" server 10.62.167.193 fallback-group admin port 1812 timeout 30 group-attribute 1 group-vendor 1476 secret * nas-identifier "Internal RADIUS" nas-ip-address 127.0.0.1
+-------------------------------------+
| Created |
+-------------------------------------+
| Authenticator RADIUS Server created |
+-------------------------------------+
*** delete an authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc sd-authenticator auth-name "RADIUS Server"
+-------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-------------------------------------+
| Authenticator RADIUS Server deleted |
+-------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update radius auth-name
ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name
Adds a TACACS+-based Services Director authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs-plus auth-name authenticator-name auth-status [enable | disable] server server auth-type [pap | ascii] fallback-group fallback-group port port timeout timeout-period group-field group-field group-service group-service secret secret
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the TACACS+ Services Director authenticator.
auth-status
Specify whether the authenticator is either enabled or disabled.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the TACACS+ server.
auth-type
Specify the TACACS+ authentication type, either PAP or ACSII.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. If <group-service> is not defined, or no group value is provided for the user by the TACACS+ server, the group specified here will be used. If this is not specified, users with no TACACS+ defined group will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the TACACS+ server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the TACACS+ server.
group-field
Specify the TACACS+ "service" field that provides each user's group.
group-service
Specify the TACACS+ "service" that identifies a user's group field.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the TACACS+ server.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc sd-authenticator auth-name command to delete an authenticator.
You cannot delete a Services Director authenticator that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
*** create a TACACS+ authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs-plus auth-name "TACACS+ Server" auth-status enabled server 10.62.167.198 auth-type pap fallback-group admin port 49 timeout 30 group-field permission-group group-service "Hoobland" secret "tacacs_plus_secret"
+-----------------------------------------+
| Created |
+-----------------------------------------+
| SD Authenticator TACACS+ Server created |
+-----------------------------------------+
*** delete an authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc sd-authenticator auth-name "TACACS+ Server"
+-----------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-----------------------------------------+
| SD Authenticator TACACS+ Server deleted |
+-----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
ssc sd-authenticator list
Lists all defined Services Director authenticators.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator list
+----------------+-----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------------+-----------------------------------+
| LDAP Server | Authenticator-D83I-9095-TT8R-CUAT |
| Secure LDAP | Authenticator-E723-MT4B-JJ3W-BARK |
| RADIUS Server | Authenticator-808G-LJWJ-MT3B-WMDZ |
| TACACS+ Server | Authenticator-7F1D-A1K3-1PO4-VSEF |
+----------------+-----------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name
Tests a Services Director authenticator using a remote user name and password.
For secure LDAP server, a matching CA certificate must be present on Services Director to enable the operation.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name authenticator-name username user-name password password
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the Services Director authenticator.
user-name
Specify the required user.
password
Specify the password for the required user.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name bbotservices username tacadmin password tacpassword
+--------+---------+
| Result | Message |
+--------+---------+
| True | |
+--------+---------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name, show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-admin-ca create, ssc sd-admin-ca list, ssc sd-admin-ca update
ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name
Updates an LDAP-based Services Director authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name authenticator-name auth-status [enable | disable] [server server | dn-method method | filter filter | base-dn base-DN | fallback-group fallback-group | port port | timeout timeout-period | group-attribute group-attribute | group-field group-field | bind-dn bind-DN | group-filter group-filter | ssl ssl | search-dn search-DN | search-password password]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the LDAP Services Director authenticator.
auth-status
Specify whether the authenticator is either enabled or disabled.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the LDAP server.
method
Specify how the bind DN for a user will be derived. Either:
•construct: the bind DN for a user can be constructed from a known string, (see <bind-DN>) or
•search: the bind DN for a user can be searched for in the directory. This is necessary if you have users under different directory paths.
filter
Specify a filter that uniquely identifies a user located under the Base DN.
The string "%u" will be substituted with the username. For example:
•Active Directory: "sAMAccountName=%u"
•Unix LDAP@: "uid=%u"
base-DN
Specify the base DN (Distinguished Name) for directory searches.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If <group-attribute> is not defined, or is not set for the user, this permission group will be used. If not specified, users with no attribute matching group-attribute will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the LDAP server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the LDAP server.
group-attribute
Specify the LDAP attribute that gives a user's group. For example: "memberOf". If multiple values are returned by the LDAP server, the first valid one will be used.
group-field
Specify the sub-field of the group-attribute that gives a user's group. For example: if <group-attribute> is "memberOf" which delivers "CN=mygroup, OU=groups, OU=users, DC=mycompany, DC=local", set group-field to "CN". The first matching field will be used.
bind-DN
Specify a template to construct the bind DN from the username. This is only used when <method> is "construct". The string "%u" is replaced by the username. For example:
•"cn=%u,dn=mycompany,dn=local"
group-filter
Specify an alternative group search filter. This is only used when the user record returned by the LDAP filter does not contain the required group information.
This will typically be required if you have Unix/POSIX-style user records. If multiple records are returned the list of group names will be extracted from all of them.
The string "%u" will be replaced by the username. For example:
•"(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
ssl
(Optional) Select the required LDAP security type:
•none. Select this if your LDAP server does not support secure connections.
•starttls. Select this if your LDAP server supports STARTTLS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
•ldaps. Select this if your LDAP server supports LDAPS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
search-DN
Specify a DN to use when searching the directory for a user's bind DN. These are only used when the DN Method is Search. You can leave these blank if it is possible to perform the bind DN search using an anonymous bind.
search-password
Specify the password for the search-DN.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator update ldap auth-name "LDAP Server" server 10.62.169.170 dn-method construct filter "sAMAccountName=%u" base-dn "OU=users, DC=tekton, DC=local" fallback-group admin port 389 timeout 20 group-attribute "memberOf" group-field "CN" bind-dn "%[email protected]" group-filter "(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
+---------------------------------------+
| Modified |
+---------------------------------------+
| SD Authenticator LDAP Server modified |
+---------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name, show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-admin-ca create, ssc sd-admin-ca list, ssc sd-admin-ca update
ssc sd-authenticator update radius auth-name
Updates a RADIUS-based Services Director authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator create radius auth-name authenticator-name auth-status [enable | disable] [server server | fallback-group fallback-group | port port | timeout timeout-period | group-attribute group-attribute | group-vendor group-vendor | secret secret | nas-identifier NAS-identifier | nas-ip-address NAS-ip-address]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the RADIUS Services Director authenticator.
auth-status
Specify whether the authenticator is either enabled or disabled.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the RADIUS server.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If no group is found using the vendor and group identifiers, or the group found is not valid, the permission group specified here will be used.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the RADIUS server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the RADIUS server.
group-attribute
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the attribute that specifies an account's group. May be left blank if <fallback-group> is specified.
group-vendor
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the vendor of the RADIUS attribute that specifies an account's group. Leave blank if using a standard attribute such as Filter-Id.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the RADIUS server.
NAS-identifier
Specify a string identifying the Network Access Server (NAS) which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server. If left blank the address of the interface used to connect to the server will be used.
NAS-ip-address
Specify the identifying IP Address of the NAS which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator update radius auth-name "RADIUS Server" server 10.62.167.193 fallback-group admin port 1812 timeout 30 group-attribute 1 group-vendor 1476 secret "radius_secret" nas-identifier "Internal RADIUS" nas-ip-address 127.0.0.1
+-----------------------------------------+
| Modified |
+-----------------------------------------+
| SD Authenticator RADIUS Server modified |
+-----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name
ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
Updates a TACACS+-based Services Director authenticator.
Syntax
ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs-plus auth-name authenticator-name auth-status [enable | disable] [server server | auth-type [pap | ascii]| fallback-group fallback-group | port port | timeout timeout-period | group-field group-field | group-service group-service | secret secret]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the TACACS+ Services Director authenticator.
auth-status
Specify whether the authenticator is either enabled or disabled.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the TACACS+ server.
auth-type
Specify the TACACS+ authentication type, either PAP or ACSII.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. If <group-service> is not defined, or no group value is provided for the user by the TACACS+ server, the group specified here will be used. If this is not specified, users with no TACACS+ defined group will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the TACACS+ server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the TACACS+ server.
group-field
Specify the TACACS+ "service" field that provides each user's group.
group-service
Specify the TACACS+ "service" that identifies a user's group field.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the TACACS+ server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-authenticator update tacacs-plus auth-name "TACACS+ Server" server 10.62.167.198 auth-type pap fallback-group admin port 49 timeout 30 group-field permission-group group-service "Hoobland" secret "tacacs_plus_secret"
+------------------------------------------+
| Modified |
+------------------------------------------+
| SD Authenticator TACACS+ Server modified |
+------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-admin-ca, ssc sd-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc sd-authenticator list, ssc sd-authenticator test auth-name
ssc sd-permission-group create pg-name
Creates a Services Director permission group for user authentication.
Syntax
ssc sd-permission-group create pg-name pg-name [description description]
Parameters
pg-name
Specify a name for the Services Director permission group.
description
Optionally, specify a description of the permission group.
Usage Guidelines
Typically, there is a single Services Director permission group, with full access. The name of this permission group must match the group returned by the authenticator.
Use the no ssc sd-permission-group pg-name command to delete a permission group.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-permission-group create pg-name admin2 description "administration group"
+--------------------------------+
| Created |
+--------------------------------+
| permission group admin created |
+--------------------------------+
*** delete the admin permission group ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc sd-permission-group pg-name admin
+--------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+--------------------------------+
| permission group admin deleted |
+--------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-permission-group, ssc sd-permission-group list, ssc sd-permission-group update pg-name
ssc sd-permission-group list
Lists all defined Services Director permission groups.
Syntax
ssc sd-permission-group list
Examples
Typically, there is a single Services Director permission group, with full access. The name of this permission group matches the group returned by the authenticator.
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-permission-group list
+-------+--------------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+-------+--------------------------------------+
| admin | Permission-Group-XG8K-FUYG-WKKV-9IKP |
+-------+--------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-permission-group, ssc sd-permission-group create pg-name, ssc sd-permission-group update pg-name
ssc sd-permission-group update pg-name
Updates a Services Director permission group.
Syntax
ssc sd-permission-group update permission-group-name pg-name [new-pg-name new-pg-name] [description description]
Parameters
permission-group-name pg-name
Specify a name for the Services Director permission group.
new-pg-name
Optionally, specify a new name for the Services Director permission group.
description
Optionally, specify a description of the permission group.
Usage Guidelines
Typically, there is a single Services Director permission group, with full access. The name of this permission group matches the group returned by the authenticator.
Only the description and name can be changed.
Examples
*** list the Services Director permission groups (there is only one) ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-permission-group list
+-------+--------------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+-------+--------------------------------------+
| admin | Permission-Group-IPI9-J91T-B5J7-D63F |
+-------+--------------------------------------+
*** show details of the only permission group ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sd-permission-group pg-name admin
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| description | Single permission group for SD user authentication. |
| permission_group_id | Permission-Group-IPI9-J91T-B5J7-D63F |
| tag | admin |
| children | None |
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
*** update the permission group ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sd-permission-group update pg-name admin new-pg-name charcoal
+--------------------------------+
| Updated |
+--------------------------------+
| permission group admin updated |
+--------------------------------+
*** display changes ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc sd-permission-group pg-name charcoal
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| description | Single permission group for SD user authentication. |
| permission_group_id | Permission-Group-IPI9-J91T-B5J7-D63F |
| tag | charcoal |
| children | None |
+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc sd-permission-group, ssc sd-permission-group create pg-name, ssc sd-permission-group list
ssc search-endpoint create
Creates a new Search Endpoint resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc search-endpoint create search-endpoint-address address transactions-index index logs-index index use-tls Boolean tls-verify Boolean [name value] auth-username username auth-password password endpoint-cert certificate
Parameters
search-endpoint-address
The address of the search endpoint in your analytics system, in the form <server>:<port>.
For example: demo.com:2020
transactions-index
This is the index used for transactions on the Splunk platform.
For example, zxtm_transactions.
logs-index
This is the index used for logs on the Splunk platform.
For example, zxtm_logs.
use-tls
Indicates whether queries require secure transmission. If true, you must also specify endpoint-cert.
tls-verify
Indicates whether queries require verification.
name
(Optional) The customer-facing name for the search endpoint resource. If this is not set, the tag is set to the UUID value for the resource.
auth-username
The authorization username for the search endpoint.
auth-password
The authorization password for the search endpoint.
endpoint-cert
The certificate for the search endpoint. This is required if use-tls is true.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Search Endpoint resources. Collection Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "collection-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** list all search endpoints (empty) ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint list
+-----------------+
| Message |
+-----------------+
| No record found |
+-----------------+
*** add a search endpoint resource ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint create search-endpoint-address demo.com:2020 transactions-index zxtm_transactions logs-index zxtm_logs use-tls true tls-verify true name JK-EP-Search-01 auth-username admin auth-password password endpoint-cert "LS0tLS1CRUdJTiBDRVJUSAUG5T...SVElGSUNBVEUtLS0tLQo="
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| verify_tls | True
| tag | JK-EP-Search-01
| search_endpoint_id | Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M
| auth_password | password
| auth_username | admin
| search_endpoint_address | demo.com:2020
| use_tls | True
| search_endpoint_certificate | LS0tLS1CRUdJTiBDRVJUSAUG5T...SVElGSUNBVEUtLS0tLQo=
| transactions_index | zxtm_transactions
| logs_index | zxtm_logs
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
*** list all search endpoints to confirm the addition ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint list
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| Search-Endpoint-OFFO-I80A-RVLP-4C49 | JK-EP-Search-01 |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc search-endpoint, ssc search-endpoint delete, ssc search-endpoint list, ssc search-endpoint update
ssc search-endpoint delete
Delete a Search Endpoint resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc search-endpoint delete name endpoint-id
Parameters
name endpoint-id
The identifier for the search endpoint resource, either its tag or its UUID.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Search Endpoint resources. Collection Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "collection-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** display a list of all (typically one) search endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint list
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M | JK-EP-Search-01 |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
*** Delete a search endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint delete name JK-EP-Search-01
+-------------------------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-------------------------------------------------------------+
| Search Endpoint Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M deleted |
+-------------------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc search-endpoint, ssc search-endpoint create, ssc search-endpoint list, ssc search-endpoint update
ssc search-endpoint list
Lists all Search Endpoint resources. These resources are used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc search-endpoint list
Usage Guidelines
Typically, there is a single search endpoint.
This command is only used for Search Endpoint resources. Collection Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "collection-endpoint" command.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint list
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M | JK-EP-Search-01 |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
Related Commands
show ssc search-endpoint, ssc search-endpoint create, ssc search-endpoint delete, ssc search-endpoint update
ssc search-endpoint update
Updates a Search Endpoint resource. This resource is used for vTM analytics.
Syntax
ssc search-endpoint update name endpoint-id [search-endpoint-address address]
[use-tls Boolean] [tls-verify Boolean] [endpoint-cert certificate] [auth-username username] [auth-password password] [new-name value]
Parameters
name endpoint-id
Specify a unique identifier for the search-endpoint resource, either its tag or UUID.
search-endpoint-address
The address of the search endpoint on the Splunk platform, in the form <server>:<port>.
For example: demo.com:2020
transactions-index
This is the index used for transactions on the Splunk platform.
For example, zxtm_transactions.
logs-index
This is the index used for logs on the Splunk platform.
For example, zxtm_logs.
use-tls
Indicates whether queries require secure transmission. If true, you must also specify endpoint-cert.
tls-verify
Indicates whether queries require verification.
endpoint-cert
The certificate for the search endpoint. This is required if use-tls is true.
auth-username
The authorization username for the search endpoint.
auth-password
The authorization password for the search endpoint.
new-name
(Optional) A replacement name for the search endpoint resource.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only used for Search Endpoint resources. Collection Endpoint resources are handled separately, by an equivalent "collection-endpoint" command.
Examples
*** list all search endpoints ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint list
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| ID | Tag |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
| Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M | JK-EP-Search-01 |
+-------------------------------------+-----------------+
*** display details for a specific search endpoint ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc search-endpoint name JK-EP-Search-01
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| verify_tls | True
| tag | JK-EP-Search-01
| search_endpoint_id | Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M
| auth_password | password
| auth_username | admin
| search_endpoint_address | demo.com:2020
| use_tls | True
| search_endpoint_certificate | LS0tLS1CRUdJTiBDRVJUSAUG5T...SVElGSUNBVEUtLS0tLQo=
| transactions_index | zxtm_transactions
| logs_index | zxtm_logs
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
*** update a search endpoint to disable verification ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc search-endpoint update name JK-EP-Search-01 tls-verify false
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| Field | Value
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
| verify_tls | False
| tag | JK-EP-Search-01
| search_endpoint_id | Search-Endpoint-P5Y0-8JS4-X0BS-2P9M
| auth_password | password
| auth_username | admin
| search_endpoint_address | demo.com:2020
| use_tls | True
| search_endpoint_certificate | LS0tLS1CRUdJTiBDRVJUSAUG5T...SVElGSUNBVEUtLS0tLQo=
| transactions_index | zxtm_transactions
| logs_index | zxtm_logs
+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show ssc search-endpoint, ssc search-endpoint create, ssc search-endpoint delete, ssc search-endpoint list
ssc server rest-port-num
Configures the Services Director REST API port number.
Syntax
[no] ssc server rest-port-num port-number
Parameters
port-number
Specify the REST API port number.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option to delete the REST API port number.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc server rest-port-num 1234
Related Commands
ssc service enable
Starts the Services Director service.
Syntax
[no] ssc service enable
Usage Guidelines
Use the no command option disable the service.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc service enable
Related Commands
ssc service restart
Restarts the Services Director service.
Syntax
ssc service restart
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc service restart
Related Commands
ssc settings analytics update
Sets the transaction type to match the setting on your vTM analytics platform.
Syntax
sssc settings analytics update transaction-source-type source-type
Parameters
transaction-source-type source-type
Specify the text of the transaction type on your Analytics System.
Examples
*** view current setting ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings analytics
+-------------------------+-------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------------+-------------------+
| transaction_source_type | zxtm_transactions |
+-------------------------+-------------------+
*** change the default setting to match a tailored analytics system ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings analytics update transaction-source-type xxx_transactions
+-------------------------+------------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------------+------------------+
| transaction_source_type | xxx_transactions |
+-------------------------+------------------+
Related Commands
ssc settings con-lic update exp-warningdays
Sets expiration days for a warning to be sent for the Services Director license.
Syntax
ssc settings con-lic update exp-warningdays number-of-days
Parameters
number-of-days
Specify the number of days in advance to warn before Services Director license expires.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings con-lic update exp-warningdays 30
Related Commands
ssc settings con-lic update template-name
Updates Services Director license expiration settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings con-lic update template-name name | exp-warningdays number-of-days
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
number-of-days
Specify the number of days in advance to warn before Services Director license expires.
Usage Guidelines
Updates a Services Director license expiration settings with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings con-lic update template-name con-lic-temp1 exp-warningdays 30
Related Commands
ssc settings deployment update max-instances
Sets the maximum number of deployable instances.
Syntax
ssc settings deployment update max-instances integer
Parameters
integer
Specify maximum number of deployable instances, 0 equals no limit.
Usage Guidelines
Typically, zero is the correct value for most deployments. Instances that have been deleted do not count towards the limit. Instances that have been deployed but are not active (that is, have not been started) do count towards the limit. If you create a new instance in excess of this number, the instance is rejected with an error message. If this property is set to a lower number than the number of currently deployed instances then there is no immediate effect but subsequent deployment requests are rejected.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings deployment update max-instances 0
Related Commands
ssc settings deployment update template-name
Updates a Services Director deployment based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings deployment update template-name name | max-instances integer
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
integer
Specify the maximum number of Traffic Manager instances that can be deployed. The default value zero (0) equals no limit. The value must be a positive integer.
Usage Guidelines
Updates a deployment settings with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings deployment update template-name deploytemp1 max-instances 0
Related Commands
ssc settings list, ssc template create template-name
ssc settings external-ip
Sets the external IP corresponding to the Services Endpoint Address when Services Director is running in a private network behind a NAT.
Syntax
[no] ssc settings external-ip
Usage Guidelines
The no command option clears the set external IP address.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings external-ip 10.62.150.30
+-------------+--------------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+--------------+
| external_ip | 10.62.150.30 |
+-------------+--------------+
amnesiac (config) # no ssc settings external-ip
+-------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------+-------+
| external_ip | None |
+-------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc settings fla-check enable
Enables the FLA checker for the Services Director.
Syntax
[no] ssc settings fla-check enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the FLA checker.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings fla-check enable
+-------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-------+
| fla_check_enabled | True |
+-------------------+-------+
amnesiac (config) # no ssc settings fla-check enable
+-------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------+-------+
| fla_check_enabled | False |
+-------------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc settings licensing update alert-threshold
Updates Services Director licensing settings.
Syntax
ssc settings licensing update alert-threshold integer alert-thld-itvl seconds
Parameters
integer
Specify the number of alerts that can be sent. The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
alert-thld-itvl seconds
Specify the period of time, in seconds, between alerts. The default value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
Usage Guidelines
The threshold and interval settings enable you to specify the time interval before an alert email is sent to the configured alert email addresses. The threshold and interval is reached then an alert message is sent. At most one message is sent per hour, to protect against a flood of messages being sent in the case of complete failure of the primary license server on a busy system.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings licensing update alert-threshold 10 alert-thld-itvl 3600
Related Commands
ssc settings licensing update template-name
Updates Services Director licensing settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings licensing update template-name name alert-threshold integer alert-thld-itvl seconds
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
alert-threshold integer
Specify the number of alerts that can be sent. The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
alert-thld-itvl seconds
Specify the period of time, in seconds, between alerts. The default value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
Usage Guidelines
Updates a licensing settings with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
The threshold and interval settings enable you to specify the time interval before an alert email is sent to the configured alert email addresses. The threshold and interval is reached then an alert message is sent. At most one message is sent per hour, to protect against a flood of messages being sent in the case of complete failure of the primary license server on a busy system.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings licensing update template-name lictemp1 alert-threshold 5 alert-thld-itvl 1600
Related Commands
ssc settings list
Lists Services Director settings.
Syntax
ssc settings list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings list
+-------------------------+
| Settings |
+-------------------------+
| master_password |
| logging |
| fla_check |
| controller_licensing |
| metering |
| phone_home |
| licensing |
| deployment |
| monitoring |
| bandwidthpack_licensing |
+-------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc settings logging update
Updates Services Director logging settings.
Syntax
ssc settings logging update | [license-log integer] | [metering-log integer] | [inventory-log integer]
Parameters
license-log integer
Specify the license value. The range is 0-10. The default value is 0, which equals no logging. A log level of 3+ causes responses to license server requests to be logged in full, including the feature values set by the feature pack and bandwidth associated with the instance making the request. The value must be a positive integer; there is no upper limit.
metering-log integer
Specify the metering logging value. The range is 0-10. The default value is 0 which equals no logging. A log level of 5+ gives a summary of the activities of the metering thread (that is, starting metering, stopping metering, and so forth), while a log level of 9+ provides a detailed logging of each instance being metered. The value must be a positive integer; there is no upper limit.
inventory-log integer
Specify the metering logging value. The range is 0-10. The default value is 0, which equals no logging. A log level of 1+ causes inventory changes to be logged (the equivalent of the audit records). A log level of 3+ causes logging of all deployment and action commands. A log level of 8+ causes logging of the output from all deployment and actions. The value must be a positive integer; there is no upper limit.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings logging update license-log 5
Related Commands
ssc settings logging update template-name
Updates Services Director logging settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings logging update template-name name | [license-log integer] | [metering-log integer] | [inventory-log integer]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
license-log integer
Specify the license value. The range is 0-10. The default value is 0, which equals no logging. A log level of 3+ causes responses to license server requests to be logged in full, including the feature values set by the feature pack and bandwidth associated with the instance making the request. The value must be a positive integer; there is no upper limit.
metering-log integer
Specify the metering logging value. The range is 0-10. The default value is 0 which equals no logging. A log level of 5+ gives a summary of the activities of the metering thread (that is, starting metering, stopping metering, and so forth), while a log level of 9+ provides a detailed logging of each instance being metered. The value must be a positive integer; there is no upper limit.
inventory-log integer
Specify the metering logging value. The range is 0-10. The default value is 0, which equals no logging. A log level of 1+ causes inventory changes to be logged (the equivalent of the audit records). A log level of 3+ causes logging of all deployment and action commands. A log level of 8+ causes logging of the output from all deployment and actions. The value must be a positive integer; there is no upper limit.
Usage Guidelines
Updates logging with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings logging update template-name tempset1 settemp1 license-log 7
Related Commands
ssc settings list, ssc template create template-name
ssc settings master-password reset
This command resets the master password for a Services Director if it in unknown or lost. This command should only be used as a final resort to re-establish a master password.
Syntax
ssc settings master-password reset password new-password [force [true | false]]
Parameters
new-password
Specify the new master password. This must be at least 8 characters long, and must have at least:
•One lower case character.
•One upper case character.
•One digit.
•One non-alphanumeric symbol.
force [true | false]
Specify true or false. If set to true, you can reset the password when there are Traffic Manager instances on the Services Director.
Usage Guidelines
This command is invisible from the command line, but is available.
If you wish to change the master password (that is, you know what the current master password is), use the "ssc settings master-password update" on page 227.
If you have just upgraded from Services Director v2.2r1 or earlier, a default master password has been assigned automatically to the Services Director. The default master password is master1M@. See the Pulse Services Director Advanced User Guide for details.
The master password is used to encrypt the passwords of all connected Traffic Manager instances. If you reset the master password, these Traffic Manager passwords are lost, and you must be re-enter the passwords manually. See ssc instance update template-name.
Where Traffic Manager instances are present on the Services Director, you must include the optional force true parameter in the command. This enables the reset to complete. An information message about updating passwords for registered instances is also displayed.
After resetting the master password on the Active Services Director, you must repeat the process for the Standby Services Director.
Examples
*** attempt to reset ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings master-password reset password Banj-axed27
Not resetting master password
Ensure that "force true" is passed, to confirm that you wish to reset the master password
*** attempt to reset, including the force true parameter ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings master-password reset password Banj-axed27 force true
Successfully reset master password
You must manually update all passwords for registered instances
After resetting the master password on the Active Services Director, you must repeat the process for the Standby Services Director.
Related Commands
show ssc settings master-password, ssc settings list, ssc settings master-password update
ssc settings master-password update
Updates the Services Director master password on a Services Director.
Syntax
ssc settings master-password update current-password current-password new-password new-password
Parameters
current-password current-password
Specify the current password.
new-password new-password
Specify the new password. This must be at least 8 characters long, and must have at least:
•One lower case character.
•One upper case character.
•One digit.
•One non-alphanumeric symbol.
Usage Guidelines
This command should be used on the Active node in an HA pair.
While the password change completes, the status displayed by the show ssc settings metering command is Changing. Once complete, it becomes Active.
After you have updated the password on the ActiveServices Director node, repeat the command on the Standby node.
If you wish to reset the master password (that is, you do not know what the current master password is), use the "ssc settings master-password reset" on page 226.
Examples
*** Change the password ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings master-password update current-password P0s1-t1ve99 new-password Banj-axed27
+------------------+----------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------+----------+
| status | Changing |
| new_password | None |
| current_password | None |
+------------------+----------+
*** Monitor the password change while it completes ***
*** (status of "Changing" becomes "Active") ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings master-password
+------------------+----------+
| Field | Value |
+------------------+----------+
| status | Active |
| new_password | None |
| current_password | None |
+------------------+----------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings master-password, ssc settings list
ssc settings metering update
Updates Services Director metering settings.
Syntax
ssc settings metering update | [meter-interval integer] | [log-check-itvl seconds] | [snmp-enabled [true | false]] | [alerts-and-notifications [true | false]]
Parameters
meter-interval integer
Specify the period of time, in seconds, between metering actions. The default value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). It cannot be set to more than 3600. The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
log-check-itvl seconds
Specify the period of time, in seconds, between checks for log-space. The default value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
snmp-enabled [true | false]
Specify true or false to enable SNMP. By default, this is enabled.
alerts-and-notifications [true | false]
Specify true or false to enable alerts and notifications. By default, this is enabled.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings metering update meter-interval 1500 log-check-itvl 1500 snmp-enabled False alerts-and-notifications False
+--------------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------------+-------+
| alerts_and_notifications | False |
| snmp_enabled | False |
| log_check_interval | 1500 |
| meter_interval | 1500 |
+--------------------------+-------+
Related Commands
show ssc dashboard, show ssc metering warning instance-name, show ssc settings metering, ssc metering warning list
ssc settings metering update template-name
Updates Services Director metering settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings metering update template-name name | [meter-interval integer] | [log-check-itvl seconds]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
meter-interval integer
Specify the period of time, in seconds, between metering actions. The default value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). It cannot be set to more than 3600. The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
log-check-itvl seconds
Specify the period of time, in seconds, between checks for log-space. The default value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). The range is 1-3600, inclusive; the value must be a positive integer.
Usage Guidelines
Updates metering with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings metering update template-name mettemp1 meter-interval 3600
Related Commands
ssc settings monitoring update
Updates Services Director monitoring settings.
Syntax
ssc settings monitoring update [cont-fail-period seconds] | [ins-fail-perid seconds] | [host-fail-period seconds] | [ovd-mon-warn-pd seconds] | [ins-mon-itvl seconds] | [cont-mon-itvl seconds] | [mon-email-itvl seconds] | [host-mon-itvl seconds] | [auto-cleanup-vtms setting]
Parameters
cont-fail-perid seconds
Specify the number of seconds after which a Services Director is considered failed. The default value is 180.
ins-fail-perid seconds
Specify the number of seconds after which an instance is considered failed. The default value is 180.
host-fail-perid seconds
Specify the number of seconds after which a host is considered failed. The default value is 180.
cont-mon-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring Services Directors. The default value is 60.
ins-mon-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring instances. The default value is 60.
host-mon-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring hosts. The default value is 60.
ovd-mon-warn-pd seconds
Specify the number of seconds to consider monitoring overdue. The default value is 300.
mon-email-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring alert emails. The default value is 60.
auto-cleanup-vtms setting
Select the required setting for auto cleanup of failed vTMs: off, self_registered_vtms, all_vtms.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings monitoring update host-mon-itvl 360 mon-email-itvl 3600
Related Commands
ssc settings monitoring update template-name
Updates Services Director monitoring settings based on a specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings monitoring update template-name name [cont-fail-period seconds] | [ins-fail-period seconds] | [host-fail-period seconds] | [ovd-mon-warn-pd seconds] | [ins-mon-itvl seconds] | [cont-mon-itvl seconds] | [mon-email-itvl seconds] | [host-mon-itvl seconds]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
cont-fail-period seconds
Specify the umber of seconds after which a Services Director is considered failed. The default value is 180 seconds.
ins-fail-period seconds
Specify the number of seconds after which an instance is considered failed. The default value is 180 seconds.
host-fail-period seconds
Specify the number of seconds after which a host is considered failed. The default value is 180 seconds.
ovd-mon-warn-pd seconds
Specify the number of seconds to consider monitoring overdue. The default value is 300 seconds.
ins-mon-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring instances. The default value is 60 seconds.
cont-mon-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring Services Directors. The default value is 60 seconds.
mon-email-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring alert emails. The default value is 60 seconds.
host-mon-itvl seconds
Specify the number of seconds between monitoring hosts. The default value is 60 seconds.
Usage Guidelines
Updates metering with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings monitoring update template-name monitortemp1 host-mon-itvl 360 mon-email-itvl 360
Related Commands
ssc settings security update
Updates Services Director security settings.
Syntax
ssc settings monitoring update [user_lockout_duration_minutes minutes] | [max_login_attempts max_login_attempts]
Parameters
user_lockout_duration_minutes minutes
Specify a suspension lockout duration (in minutes). If the max_login_attempts threshold limit is reached, the suspension duration lockout is applied. This has a default of 1 minute, and a maximum of 1440 minutes (equal to one day).
max_login_attempts max_login_attempts
Specify the maximum number of failed Services Director login attempts for a user. This has a default of zero, which indicates that there is no maximum.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings security update max-login-attempts 3 user-lockout-duration 15
+-------------------------------+-------+
| Field | Value |
+-------------------------------+-------+
| user_lockout_duration_minutes | 15 |
| max_login_attempts | 3 |
+-------------------------------+-------+
Related Commands
ssc settings telemetry update enabled
Enables/Disables Services Director’s phone home telemetry feature.
When enabled, Services Director collects and exports phone home telemetry data to Pulse Secure.
Syntax
ssc settings telemetry update enabled [true | false]
Parameters
true
Enables the phone home telemetry feature.
false
Disables the phone home telemetry feature.
Examples
*** show phone home telemetry status ***
enable amnesiac (config) # show ssc settings telemetry
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| destination | https://telemetry.cam.demo.com/product-feedback/1.0 |
| phone_home_enabled | False |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
*** Enable phone home telemetry ***
enable amnesiac (config) # ssc settings telemetry update enabled true
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| destination | https://telemetry.cam.demo.com/product-feedback/1.0 |
| phone_home_enabled | True |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
*** Enable phone home telemetry ***
enable amnesiac (config) # ssc settings telemetry update enabled false
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| Field | Value |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
| destination | https://telemetry.cam.zeus.com/product-feedback/1.0 |
| phone_home_enabled | False |
+--------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc settings telemetry archives, show ssc settings telemetry archives
ssc settings throughput update exp-warningdays
Sets expiration days for a warning to be sent for the Services Director about of bandwidth pack licenses.
Syntax
ssc settings throughput update exp-warningdays number-of-days
Parameters
number-of-days
Specify the number of days in advance to warn before Services Director license expires.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings throughput update exp-warningdays 30
Related Commands
ssc settings throughput update template-name
Updates Services Director throughput expiration settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc settings throughput update template-name name | exp-warningdays number-of-days
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
number-of-days
Specify the number of days in advance to warn for throughput expiration.
Usage Guidelines
Update a Services Director license expiration settings with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc settings throughput update template-name thrutemp1 exp-warningdays 30
Related Commands
ssc sku list
Lists Services Director SKUs.
Syntax
ssc sku list [show-all [true | false]
Usage Guidelines
By default, the list only includes SKUs that are compatible with your license.
If show-all is set to true, the list includes all SKUS, and not just those that are compatible with your license.
Examples
*** show SKUs compatible with your license (default) ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sku list
+-------------+
| Sku |
+-------------+
| STM-200 |
| STM-SAF-400 |
| STM-100 |
| STM-400 |
| STM-SAF-300 |
| STM-300 |
+-------------+
*** show all SKUs, not just those that are compatible with your license ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc sku list show-all true
+----------------------------+
| Sku |
+----------------------------+
| BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP1G-U-01 |
| BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP3G-U-01 |
| BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP400M-U-01 |
| BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP50M-U-01 |
| BR-ADC-UTILM-WAFP5G-U-01 |
.
. (truncated list)
.
| ENT-ADVANCED |
| ENT-ENTERPRISE |
| ENT-WAFPROXY |
+----------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc stm images, ssc feature-pack create fpname
ssc stm import-image file
Imports a vTM image.
Syntax
ssc stm import-image file filename-or-remote-location
Parameters
filename-or-remote-location
Specify the filename or the remote location of the Traffic Manager image, for example, http, ftp, or scp URL (scp://username:password@host/path/filename).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc stm import-image file scp://[email protected]/ssc_archive/ZeusTM_97_Linux-x86_64.tgz
Related Commands
ssc stm import-lic
Imports the vTM Flexible Licensing Architecture (FLA) license.
Syntax
ssc stm import-lic local-license | [file remote-location license-name remote-license]
Parameters
local-license
Specify the filename of a locally-accessible license.
remote-location
Specify the remote location of the license, for example for example, http, ftp, or scp URL (scp://username:password@host/path/filename).
remote-license
Specify the filename of a remotely-accessible license.
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to import a license either from a locally-accessible license file, or a remotely-accessible license file.
You must import the following files into the Services Director before you can create instances: SSL certificate and key, Services Director license, enterprise bandwidth license key, FLA license, and Traffic Manager image. If you have not received your license files, contact Ivanti Licensing for assistance.
Examples
*** local file import ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc stm import-lic license.txt
*** remote file import ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc stm import-lic file http://remote.example.com
license-name license.txt
Related Commands
ssc template copy source
Creates a copy of a template.
Syntax
ssc template copy source template-name destination new-name
Parameters
template-name
Specify the template source name.
destination new-name
Specify the new template name.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc template copy source hosttemp1 destination hosttemp2
Related Commands
ssc template create template-name
Creates a template for Services Director resources. You use templates to save resource values for reuse later.
Syntax
ssc template create template-name name [arguments]
Usage Guidelines
This command must be used in conjunction with a Services Director CLI command (see below).
Create templates for resources with the predefined parameters for use later. The predefined parameters in the template are passed to the resource. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments) using the resource create and update commands.
To create a feature pack fp-1 without using the template:
ssc feature-pack create fpname fp-1 stm-sku STM-200 excluded 'ts comp'
To create a feature-pack template fptemp-1 :
ssc template create template-name fptemp-1 stm-sku STM-200 excluded 'ts comp'
To create a feature pack fp-2 by using template fptemp-1 :
ssc feature-pack create template-name fptemp-1 fpname fp-2 info test
Update the template fptemp-1 with new values:
ssc template update template-name fptemp-1 stm-sku STM-300
To show the updated template fptemp-1 :
show ssc template template-name fptemp-1
+---------------+----------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+----------+
| stm-sku | STM-300 |
| excluded | ts comp |
| template-name | fptemp-1 |
+---------------+----------+
Use the no template template-name <name> command option to disable the template.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc template create template-name fptemp-1 stm-sku STM-200 excluded 'ts comp'
Related Commands
ssc template list
Lists Services Director templates.
Syntax
ssc template list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc template list
+-----------------+
| Template |
+-----------------+
| fptemp1 |
| hosttemp1 |
+-----------------+
Related Commands
ssc user create template-name, ssc template update template-name
ssc template update template-name
Updates an existing Services Director template.
Syntax
ssc template update template-name [arguments]
Usage Guidelines
Update templates to add or change common input parameters for specific resources, for example to up date the existing template fptemp-1 with new values:
Examples
ssc template update template-name fptemp-1 stm-sku STM-300
+---------------+----------+
| Field | Value |
+---------------+----------+
| stm-sku | STM-300 |
| excluded | ts comp |
| template-name | fptemp-1 |
+---------------+----------+
amnesiac (config) # ssc template update template-name fptemp-1 stm-sku STM-300
Related Commands
ssc user list
Lists the Services Director user accounts.
Syntax
ssc user list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc user list
+-------+
| User |
+-------+
| admin |
+-------+
Related Commands
ssc user create template-name, ssc template update template-name
ssc user create template-name
Creates a Services Director user account based on a template.
Syntax
ssc user create template-name name user-name name password password
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the template.
name
Specify the user name. The default name is sscadmin.
password
Specify the password for the user.
Usage Guidelines
Creates users with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to create the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc user create template-name usertemp1 user-name test password test123
Related Commands
ssc user create user-name
Creates a Services Director user account.
Syntax
ssc user create user-name name password password
Parameters
name
Specify the user name. The default name is sscadmin.
password
Specify the password for the user.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc user create user-name test password test123
Related Commands
ssc user update template-name
Updates user settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc user update template-name name | [user-name name] | [active [Active | Inactive]] | [password password]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
name
Specify the user name. The default name is sscadmin.
active
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
password password
Specify the password for the user.
Usage Guidelines
Updates user settings with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc user update template-name usertemp1 user-name admin1
Related Commands
ssc user update user-name
Updates user template.
Syntax
ssc user update user-name name | [active [Active | Inactive] ] [password password]
[aws-access-key aws-key] [aws-secret-access-key aws-secret-key]
Parameters
name
Specify the user name. The default name is sscadmin.
active
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated once Inactive status has been specified.
password password
Specify the password for the user.
aws-key
Specify the access key for your AWS credentials.
aws-secret-key
Specify the secret access key for your AWS credentials.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc user update user-name admin1 status Inactive
Related Commands
ssc version create template-name
Creates a vTM version based on a template.
Syntax
ssc version create template-name name vfilename name-of-version-tarball-file vdirectory name-of-directory-to-which-tarball-extracts | [info description]
Parameters
name
Specify a unique name for the template.
name-of-version-tarball-file
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager image.
name-of-directory-to-which-tarball-extracts
Specify the name of directory to which Traffic Manager image extracts; if none, specify the tarball name.
info description
Optionally, specify information about the template.
Usage Guidelines
Creates versions with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to create the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc version create template-name vtemp1 vfilename stm97 vdirectory ZeusTM_97_Linux-x86_64.tgz
Related Commands
show ssc version version-name, ssc version list
ssc version create
Creates an version name for the vTM image or tarball.
Syntax
ssc version create version-name name vfilename name-of-version-tarball-file vdirectory directory-or-tarball-name | [info description]
Parameters
unique-name
Specify a unique name for the Traffic Manager image.
name-of-version-tarball-file
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager image.
directory-or-tarball-name
Specify the name of directory to which tarball extracts; if none, specify the tarball name.
info description
Optionally, specify a description of the image.
Usage Guidelines
Creates a version name for the Traffic Manager image or tarball.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc version create version-name stm97 vfilename ZeusTM_97_Linux-x86_64.tgz
Related Commands
show ssc version version-name, ssc version list
ssc version list
Lists the vTM images.
Syntax
ssc version list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc version list
+---------+
| Version |
+---------+
| stm97 |
+---------+
Related Commands
ssc version create, ssc version update template-name
ssc version update template-name
Updates the version settings based on the specified template.
Syntax
ssc version update template-name name | [version-name name] | [vfilename image-filename]| | [status [Active | Inactive]] | [info description]
Parameters
name
Specify the template name.
name-of-version-tarball-file
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager image.
vdirectory name-of-directory-to-which-tarball-extracts
Specify the name of directory to which Traffic Manager image extracts; if none, specify the tarball name.
status
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
info description
Optionally, specify a description of the template.
Usage Guidelines
Updates version settings with the parameters predefined in an existing template. The existing template is created by the ssc template create command. The predefined parameters in the existing template are passed to the resource to update the command. You have the option to replace or add extra parameters that exist in the specified template (that is, add extra arguments).
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc version update template-name vtemp1 status Inactive
Related Commands
show ssc version version-name, ssc version list
ssc version update version-name
Updates the version.
Syntax
ssc version update version-name name | [vfilename image-filename] | | [status [Active | Inactive]] | [info description]
Parameters
name
Specify the version name.
name-of-version-tarball-file
Specify the name of the Traffic Manager image.
status [Active | Inactive]
Specify the status:
•Active: Activates a resource.
•Inactive: Deactivates a resource. A resource cannot be marked as Inactive if it is in use. The resource cannot be reactivated Inactive status has been specified.
info description
Optionally, specify a description of the template.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc version update version-name stm97 status Inactive
Related Commands
show ssc version version-name, ssc version list
ssc vtm-admin-ca create
Creates a vTM CA certificate that is for use with a secure LDAP server authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-admin-ca create admin-ca-name tag certificate-authority certificate-text
Parameters
tag
A unique name for the CA certificate.
certificate-text
The text of the CA certificate.
Examples
*** List all vTM CA certificates on Services Director ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca list
+----------+----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------+----------------------------------+
| VTM-CA-1 | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4 |
+----------+----------------------------------+
*** add a new certificate ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca create admin-ca-name VTM-CA-2 certificate-authority "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- ...<certificate body>... -----END CERTIFICATE----- >"
+----------------------------------------------+
| Created |
+----------------------------------------------+
| admin certificate authority VTM-CA-2 created |
+----------------------------------------------+
*** confirm creation ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca list
+----------+----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------+----------------------------------+
| VTM-CA-1 | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4 |
| VTM-CA-2 | VTM-Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+----------+----------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc vtm-admin-ca list, ssc vtm-admin-ca update, show ssc vtm-admin-ca, ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc vtm-admin-ca list
Lists all vTM CA certificate that are for use with a secure LDAP server authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-admin-ca list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca list
+----------+----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------+----------------------------------+
| VTM-CA-1 | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4 |
| VTM-CA-2 | VTM-Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+----------+----------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc vtm-admin-ca create, ssc vtm-admin-ca update, show ssc vtm-admin-ca, ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc vtm-admin-ca update
Updates a vTM CA certificate that is for use with a secure LDAP server authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-admin-ca create admin-ca-name tag certificate-authority certificate-text new-admin-ca-name new-tag
Parameters
tag
A unique name for the CA certificate.
certificate
The text of the CA certificate.
new-tag
A new unique name for the CA certificate.
Examples
*** list certificates ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca list
+----------+----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------+----------------------------------+
| VTM-CA-1 | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4 |
| VTM-CA-2 | VTM-Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+----------+----------------------------------+
*** rename the CA-2 certificate ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca update admin-ca-name VTM-CA-2 new-admin-ca-name V-LDP2
+------------------------------------------+
| Updated |
+------------------------------------------+
| admin certificate authority CA-2 updated |
+------------------------------------------+
*** confirm update ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-admin-ca list
+----------+----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------+----------------------------------+
| VTM-CA-1 | VTM-Admin-CA-KBBH-G7LT-K6SK-B6N4 |
| V-LDP2 | VTM-Admin-CA-6J21-KKH3-VSAJ-3209 |
+----------+----------------------------------+
Related Commands
ssc vtm-admin-ca create, ssc vtm-admin-ca list, show ssc vtm-admin-ca, ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name
Adds an LDAP-based vTM authenticator. This can be either secure on non-secure.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name authenticator-name server server dn-method method filter filter base-dn base-DN fallback-group fallback-group port port timeout timeout-period group-attribute group-attribute group-field group-field bind-dn bind-DN group-filter group-filter ssl ssl [search-dn search-DN search-password password]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the LDAP vTM authenticator.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the LDAP server.
method
Specify how the bind DN for a user will be derived. Either:
•construct: the bind DN for a user can be constructed from a known string, (see <bind-DN>)
•search: the bind DN for a user can be searched for in the directory. This is necessary if you have users under different directory paths.
filter
Specify a filter that uniquely identifies a user located under the Base DN.
The string "%u" will be substituted with the username. For example:
•Active Directory: "sAMAccountName=%u"
•Unix LDAP: "uid=%u"
base-DN
Specify the base DN (Distinguished Name) for directory searches.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If <group-attribute> is not defined, or is not set for the user, this permission group will be used. If not specified, users with no attribute matching group-attribute will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the LDAP server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the LDAP server.
group-attribute
Specify the LDAP attribute that gives a user's group. For example: "memberOf". If multiple values are returned by the LDAP server, the first valid one will be used.
group-field
Specify the sub-field of the group-attribute that gives a user's group. For example: if <group-attribute> is "memberOf" which delivers "CN=mygroup, OU=groups, OU=users, DC=mycompany, DC=local", set group-field to "CN". The first matching field will be used.
bind-DN
Specify a template to construct the bind DN from the username. This is only used when <method> is "construct". The string "%u" is replaced by the username. For example:
•"cn=%u,dn=mycompany,dn=local"
group-filter
Specify an alternative group search filter. This is only used when the user record returned by the LDAP filter does not contain the required group information.
This will typically be required if you have Unix/POSIX-style user records. If multiple records are returned the list of group names will be extracted from all of them.
The string "%u" will be replaced by the username. For example:
•"(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
ssl
(Optional) Select the required LDAP security type:
•none. Select this if your LDAP server does not support secure connections.
•starttls. Select this if your LDAP server supports STARTTLS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
•ldaps. Select this if your LDAP server supports LDAPS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
search-DN
Specify a DN to use when searching the directory for a user's bind DN. These are only used when the DN Method is Search. You can leave these blank if it is possible to perform the bind DN search using an anonymous bind.
search-password
Specify the password for the search-DN.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name command to delete an authenticator.
You cannot delete a vTM authenticator that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
*** create an LDAP authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator add ldap auth-name "LDAP Server 2" server 10.62.169.170 dn-method "construct" filter "sAMAccountName=%u" base-dn "OU=users, DC=tekton, DC=local" fallback-group admin port 389 timeout 30 group-attribute "memberOf" group-field "CN" bind-dn "%[email protected]" group-filter "(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup)) ssl starttls"
+-----------------------------------------+
| Created |
+-----------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator LDAP Server 2 created |
+-----------------------------------------+
*** delete an authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name "LDAP Server 2"
+-----------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-----------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator LDAP Server 2 deleted |
+-----------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name
ssc vtm-authenticator add radius auth-name
Adds a RADIUS-based vTM authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator add radius auth-name authenticator-name server server fallback-group fallback-group port port timeout timeout-period group-attribute group-attribute group-vendor group-vendor secret secret nas-identifier NAS-identifier nas-ip-address NAS-ip-address
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the RADIUS vTM authenticator.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the RADIUS server.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If no group is found using the vendor and group identifiers, or the group found is not valid, the permission group specified here will be used.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the RADIUS server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the RADIUS server.
group-attribute
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the attribute that specifies an account's group. May be left blank if <fallback-group> is specified.
group-vendor
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the vendor of the RADIUS attribute that specifies an account's group. Leave blank if using a standard attribute such as Filter-Id.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the RADIUS server.
NAS-identifier
Specify a string identifying the Network Access Server (NAS) which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server. If left blank the address of the interface used to connect to the server will be used.
NAS-ip-address
Specify the identifying IP Address of the NAS which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name command to delete an authenticator.
You cannot delete a vTM authenticator that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
*** create a RADIUS authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator add radius auth-name "RADIUS Server 2" server 10.62.167.193 fallback-group admin port 1812 timeout 30 group-attribute 1 group-vendor 1476 secret * nas-identifier "Internal RADIUS" nas-ip-address 127.0.0.1
+-------------------------------------------+
| Created |
+-------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator RADIUS Server 2 created |
+-------------------------------------------+
*** delete an authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name "RADIUS Server 2"
+-------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator RADIUS Server 2 deleted |
+-------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update radius auth-name
ssc vtm-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name
Adds a TACACS+-based vTM authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator add tacacs-plus auth-name authenticator-name server server auth-type [pap | ascii] fallback-group fallback-group port port timeout timeout-period group-field group-field group-service group-service secret secret
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify a name for the TACACS+ vTM authenticator on the Services Director.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the TACACS+ server.
auth-type
Specify the TACACS+ authentication type, either PAP or ACSII.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. If <group-service> is not defined, or no group value is provided for the user by the TACACS+ server, the group specified here will be used. If this is not specified, users with no TACACS+ defined group will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the TACACS+ server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the TACACS+ server.
group-field
Specify the TACACS+ "service" field that provides each user's group.
group-service
Specify the TACACS+ "service" that identifies a user's group field.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the TACACS+ server.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name command to delete an authenticator.
You cannot delete a vTM authenticator that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
*** create a TACACS+ authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator add tacacs-plus auth-name "TACACS+ Server 2" server 10.62.167.198 auth-type pap fallback-group admin port 49 timeout 30 group-field permission-group group-service "Hoobland" secret "tacacs_plus_secret"
+--------------------------------------------+
| Created |
+--------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator TACACS+ Server 2 created |
+--------------------------------------------+
*** delete an authenticator ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc vtm-authenticator auth-name "TACACS+ Server 2"
+--------------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+--------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator TACACS+ Server 2 deleted |
+--------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-authenticator list, ssc vtm-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
ssc vtm-authenticator list
Lists all defined vTM authenticators.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator list
+----------------+-----------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+----------------+-----------------------------------+
| LDAP Server | Authenticator-D83I-9095-TT8R-CUAT |
| Secure LDAP | Authenticator-J82I-2237-GR9R-ADCB |
| RADIUS Server | Authenticator-808G-LJWJ-MT3B-WMDZ |
| TACACS+ Server | Authenticator-7F1D-A1K3-1PO4-VSEF |
+----------------+-----------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-admin-ca create, ssc vtm-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator update radius auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name
Updates an LDAP-based vTM authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name authenticator-name [server server | dn-method method | filter filter | base-dn base-DN | fallback-group fallback-group | port port | timeout timeout-period | group-attribute group-attribute | group-field group-field | bind-dn bind-DN | group-filter group-filter | ssl ssl | search-dn search-DN | search-password password]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the LDAP vTM authenticator.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the LDAP server.
method
Specify how the bind DN for a user will be derived. Either:
•construct: the bind DN for a user can be constructed from a known string, (see <bind-DN>) or
•search: the bind DN for a user can be searched for in the directory. This is necessary if you have users under different directory paths.
filter
Specify a filter that uniquely identifies a user located under the Base DN.
The string "%u" will be substituted with the username. For example:
•Active Directory: "sAMAccountName=%u"
•Unix LDAP: "uid=%u"
base-DN
Specify the base DN (Distinguished Name) for directory searches.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If <group-attribute> is not defined, or is not set for the user, this permission group will be used. If not specified, users with no attribute matching group-attribute will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the LDAP server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the LDAP server.
group-attribute
Specify the LDAP attribute that gives a user's group. For example: "memberOf". If multiple values are returned by the LDAP server, the first valid one will be used.
group-field
Specify the sub-field of the group-attribute that gives a user's group. For example: if <group-attribute> is "memberOf" which delivers "CN=mygroup, OU=groups, OU=users, DC=mycompany, DC=local", set group-field to "CN". The first matching field will be used.
bind-DN
Specify a template to construct the bind DN from the username. This is only used when <method> is "construct". The string "%u" is replaced by the username. For example:
•"cn=%u,dn=mycompany,dn=local"
group-filter
Specify an alternative group search filter. This is only used when the user record returned by the LDAP filter does not contain the required group information.
This will typically be required if you have Unix/POSIX-style user records. If multiple records are returned the list of group names will be extracted from all of them.
The string "%u" will be replaced by the username. For example:
•"(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
ssl
(Optional) Select the required LDAP security type:
•none. Select this if your LDAP server does not support secure connections.
•starttls. Select this if your LDAP server supports STARTTLS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
•ldaps. Select this if your LDAP server supports LDAPS secure connections. You must ensure that a matching CA certificate is present to use this option.
search-DN
Specify a DN to use when searching the directory for a user's bind DN. These are only used when the DN Method is Search. You can leave these blank if it is possible to perform the bind DN search using an anonymous bind.
search-password
Specify the password for the search-DN.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator update ldap auth-name "LDAP Server" server 10.62.169.170 dn-method construct filter "sAMAccountName=%u" base-dn "OU=users, DC=tekton, DC=local" fallback-group admin port 389 timeout 20 group-attribute "memberOf" group-field "CN" bind-dn "%[email protected]" group-filter "(&(memberUid=%u)(objectClass=posixGroup))"
+------------------------------------------+
| Modified |
+------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator LDAP Server modified |
+------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-admin-ca create, ssc vtm-authenticator list
ssc vtm-authenticator update radius auth-name
Updates a RADIUS-based vTM authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator create radius auth-name authenticator-name [server server | fallback-group fallback-group | port port | timeout timeout-period | group-attribute group-attribute | group-vendor group-vendor | secret secret | nas-identifier NAS-identifier | nas-ip-address NAS-ip-address]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the RADIUS vTM authenticator.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the RADIUS server.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. For example, "admin". If no group is found using the vendor and group identifiers, or the group found is not valid, the permission group specified here will be used.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the RADIUS server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the RADIUS server.
group-attribute
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the attribute that specifies an account's group. May be left blank if <fallback-group> is specified.
group-vendor
Specify the RADIUS identifier for the vendor of the RADIUS attribute that specifies an account's group. Leave blank if using a standard attribute such as Filter-Id.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the RADIUS server.
NAS-identifier
Specify a string identifying the Network Access Server (NAS) which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server. If left blank the address of the interface used to connect to the server will be used.
NAS-ip-address
Specify the identifying IP Address of the NAS which is requesting authentication of the user. This value is sent to the RADIUS server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator update radius auth-name "RADIUS Server" server 10.62.167.193 fallback-group admin port 1812 timeout 30 group-attribute 1 group-vendor 1476 secret "radius_secret" nas-identifier "Internal RADIUS" nas-ip-address 127.0.0.1
+--------------------------------------------+
| Modified |
+--------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator RADIUS Server modified |
+--------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-authenticator add radius auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list
ssc vtm-authenticator update tacacs_plus auth-name
Updates a TACACS+-based vTM authenticator.
Syntax
ssc vtm-authenticator update tacacs-plus auth-name authenticator-name [server server | auth-type [pap | ascii] | fallback-group fallback-group | port port | timeout timeout-period | group-field group-field | group-service group-service | secret secret]
Parameters
authenticator-name
Specify the name of the TACACS+ vTM authenticator.
server
Specify the IP address or hostname of the TACACS+ server.
auth-type
Specify the TACACS+ authentication type, either PAP or ACSII.
fallback-group
Specify a permission group. If <group-service> is not defined, or no group value is provided for the user by the TACACS+ server, the group specified here will be used. If this is not specified, users with no TACACS+ defined group will be denied access.
port
Specify the port used to connect to the TACACS+ server.
timeout-period
Specify the timeout period (in seconds) for a connection to the TACACS+ server.
group-field
Specify the TACACS+ "service" field that provides each user's group.
group-service
Specify the TACACS+ "service" that identifies a user's group field.
secret
Specify the secret key shared with the TACACS+ server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-authenticator update tacacs-plus auth-name "TACACS+ Server" server 10.62.167.198 auth-type pap fallback-group admin port 49 timeout 30 group-field permission-group group-service "Hoobland" secret "tacacs_plus_secret"
+---------------------------------------------+
| Modified |
+---------------------------------------------+
| vTM Authenticator TACACS+ Server 2 modified |
+---------------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-authenticator, ssc vtm-authenticator add tacacs_plus auth-name, ssc vtm-authenticator list
ssc vtm-permission-group create pg-name
Creates a vTM permission group for user authentication.
Syntax
ssc vtm-permission-group create pg-name pg-name [description description] [timeout timeout-period]
Parameters
pg-name
Specify a name for the vTM permission group.
description
Optionally, specify a description of the permission group.
timeout-period
Optionally, specify a timeout period (in minutes).
If this is not specified, it defaults to 30.
Usage Guidelines
This command creates the group, but does not support the setting of permissions. To set access levels for activities, see ssh server allowed-ciphers.
Use the no ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name command to delete a permission group.
You cannot delete a permission group that is associated with an access profile.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-permission-group create pg-name Statistics description "RO subset of monitoring" timeout 30
+-------------------------------------+
| Created |
+-------------------------------------+
| permission group Statistics created |
+-------------------------------------+
*** delete the Statistics permission group ***
amnesiac (config) # no ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name Statistics
+-------------------------------------+
| Deleted |
+-------------------------------------+
| permission group Statistics deleted |
+-------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-permission-group, ssc vtm-permission-group list, ssc vtm-permission-group update pg-name
ssc vtm-permission-group list
Lists all defined vTM permission groups.
Syntax
ssc vtm-permission-group list
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-permission-group list
+------------+--------------------------------------+
| Name | Unique ID |
+------------+--------------------------------------+
| admin | admin |
| Demo | Demo |
| Statistics | Permission-Group-E5O9-N28C-13OC-AT0I |
| Monitoring | Monitoring |
| Guest | Guest |
+------------+--------------------------------------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-permission-group, ssc vtm-permission-group create pg-name, ssc vtm-permission-group update pg-name
ssc vtm-permission-group update pg-name
Updates a vTM permission group for user authentication.
Syntax
ssc vtm-permission-group update permission-group-name pg-name [new-pg-name new-gp-name] [description description] [timeout timeout-period] [[remove] permission permission access access]
Parameters
pg-name
Specify a name for the vTM permission group.
new-pg-name
Optionally, specify a new name for the permission group.
description
Optionally, specify a description of the permission group.
timeout-period
Optionally, specify a timeout period (in minutes).
If this is not specified, it defaults to 30.
remove
Include this to remove the specified permission instead of adding it.
permission
The permission for which the access is to be set.
access
The required access (none, ro, full) for the permission.
Usage Guidelines
This command includes support for setting access levels for specific activities.
There are four default permission groups (admin, Demo, Monitoring and Guest), and you can create additional permission groups, see ssc vtm-permission-group list.
Each permission supports the following access levels: none, ro (read-only), full.
Where a permission branch node is specified as the permission, all of its leaf nodes will share the specified access level.
Where all permissions require the same access level, the permission "all" can be used. The admin permission group has this setting by default.
Examples
*** update the permission group ***
amnesiac (config) # ssc vtm-permission-group update pg-name my_pg permission Pools access full
+--------------------------------+
| Updated |
+--------------------------------+
| permission group my_pg updated |
+--------------------------------+
*** display changes ***
amnesiac (config) # show ssc vtm-permission-group pg-name my_pg
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Parameter | Value | |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
| Name | my_pg | |
| Unique Name | Permission-Group-XIG4-FUQT-YAWN-H2JF | |
| Description | | |
| Timeout | 30 | |
| Permissions: | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Permission String | Access |
| | ------------------------------------------------- | ------ |
| | Connections | full |
| | Connections!Details | full |
| | Draining | none |
| | Log_Viewer | none |
| | Log_Viewer!View | none |
| | Map | none |
| | Monitoring | none |
| | Monitoring!Edit | none |
| | Pools | full |
| | Pools!Edit | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Autoscaling | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Bandwidth | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Connection_Management | full |
| | Pools!Edit!DNSAutoscaling | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Kerberos_Protocol_Transition | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Load_Balancing | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Monitors | full |
| | Pools!Edit!Persistence | full |
| | Pools!Edit!SSL | full |
| | Request_Logs | none |
| | Statd | none |
| | Web_Cache | none |
| | Web_Cache!Clear | none |
+--------------+---------------------------------------------------+--------+
Related Commands
show ssc vtm-permission-group, ssc vtm-permission-group create pg-name, ssc vtm-permission-group list
ssh server allowed-ciphers
Sets the list of allowed ciphers for ssh server.
Syntax
[no] ssh server allowed-ciphers ciphers
Parameters
ciphers
Specify cipher or comma separated list of ciphers, in quotation marks. Default ciphers configured are aes128-ctr, aes192-ctr, and aes256-ctr.
Supported ciphers are:
•aes128cbc
•3descbc
•blowfishcbc
•cast128cbc
•arcfour
•aes192cbc
•aes256cbc
•aes128ctr
•aes192ctr
•aes256ctr
Usage Guidelines
The no command option resets the SSH server allowed ciphers.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh server allowed-ciphers "aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr"
Related Commands
ssh server enable
Enables SSH access to the system.
Syntax
[no] ssh server enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables SSH access.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh server enable
Related Commands
ssh server listen enable
Enables SSH interface restriction access to the system (that is, it enables access control and blocks requests on all the interfaces).
Syntax
[no] ssh server listen enable
Usage Guidelines
If the list of interfaces is empty, none of the interfaces respond to the queries.
The no command option disables SSH interface restrictions which causes SSH to accept connections from all interfaces.
SSH interface restrictions are not available through the Management Console.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh server listen enable
Related Commands
ssh server listen interface
Adds one or more interfaces to the SSH server access restriction list (thus, it unblocks requests on the specified interface).
Syntax
[no] ssh server listen interface interface
Parameters
interface
Specify the interface: primary, aux, inpath0_0, inpath0_1, rios_lan0_0, rios_wan0_0
Usage Guidelines
If the list of interfaces is empty, none of the interfaces respond to the queries. If the list of interfaces has at least one entry, then the server listens on that subset of interfaces.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh server listen interface primary
Related Commands
ssh server port
Sets a port for SSH access.
Syntax
[no] ssh server port port
Parameters
port
Specify a port for SSH access.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option resets the SSH port to its default.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh server port 8080
Related Commands
ssh server v2-only enable
Enables SSH server to accept only v2 connections, which are more secure.
Syntax
[no] ssh server v2-only enable
Usage Guidelines
This command restricts the server to accept only v2 protocol connections, which are more secure.
The no command option removes the restriction.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # ssh server v2-only enable
Related Commands
tcpdump stop-trigger delay
Configures the time to wait before stopping a TCP dump.
Syntax
[no] tcpdump stop-trigger delay duration
Parameters
duration
Specify the amount of time to wait before stopping all running TCP dumps when RiOS finds a match. The default delay is 30 seconds.
Usage Guidelines
You might not want to stop your TCP dump immediately. By configuring a delay, the system has time to log more data without abruptly cutting off the dumps. The default delay is 30 seconds.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger delay 10
Related Commands
tcpdump stop-trigger enable, tcpdump stop-trigger regex, tcpdump stop-trigger restart
tcpdump stop-trigger enable
Enables the TCP dump to stop running, triggered by a match against a configured regular expression and the system log file.
Syntax
[no] tcpdump stop-trigger enable
Usage Guidelines
There is a limit to the amount of TCP dump data the system can collect. After a problem has occurred, the TCP dump buffer could have rotated, overwriting the information about the problem. This command enables a trigger that stops a continuous TCP dump after a specific log event occurs. This enables you to troubleshoot issues and isolate the TCP dump data specific to a problem.
The no version of the command disables the TCP dump stop-trigger process.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger regex ntp
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger delay 20
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger enable
Related Commands
tcpdump stop-trigger delay, tcpdump stop-trigger regex, tcpdump stop-trigger restart
tcpdump stop-trigger regex
Sets the regular expression that triggers the stopping of TCP dumps.
Syntax
tcpdump stop-trigger regex regex
Parameters
regex
Specify a PERL regular expression to match. RiOS compares the PERL regular expression against each entry made to the system logs. The system matches on a per-line basis.
Usage Guidelines
Use the tcpdump stop-trigger regex command to configure a regular expression that represents a condition that, when matched, stops all running TCP dumps. After this match is found, all TCP dump sessions are stopped after the delay configured by the tcpdump stop-trigger delay command.
Examples
In the following example, RiOS searches for the pattern ntp in the system logs. The system waits 20 seconds after there is a match and then stops all TCP dumps that are still running.
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger regex ntp
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger delay 20
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger enable
Related Commands
tcpdump stop-trigger delay, tcpdump stop-trigger enable, tcpdump stop-trigger restart
tcpdump stop-trigger restart
Restarts the TCP dump stop-trigger process.
Syntax
tcpdump stop-trigger restart
Usage Guidelines
If you change the regular expression or delay, use the tcpdump stop-trigger restart command to restart the stop-trigger process.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger regex ntp
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger delay 50
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger enable
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump stop-trigger restart
Related Commands
tcpdump stop-trigger delay, tcpdump stop-trigger enable, tcpdump stop-trigger regex
tcpdump-x all-interfaces
Configures a list of all interfaces for a TCP dump capture.
Syntax
[no] tcpdump-x all-interfaces [capture-name capture-name] continuous | | buffer-size size-in-KB | duration seconds [schedule-time HH:MM:SS [schedule-date YYYY/MM/DD]] | [rotate-count num-files] | [snaplength snaplength] | [sip src-addr] | [dip dst-addr] | [sport src-port] | [dport dst-port] | [dot1q {tagged | untagged | both}] | [ip6] | [custom custom-param] | [file-size megabytes]
Parameters
capture-name capture-name
Specify a capture name to help you identify the TCP Dump. The default filename uses the following format:
<hostname>_<interface>_<timestamp>.cap
Where hostname is the hostname of the appliance, interface is the name of the interface selected for the trace (for example, lan0_0, wan0_0), and timestamp is in the YYYY-MM-DD-HH-MM-SS format.
The cap file extension is not included with the filename when it appears in the capture queue.
continuous
Start a continuous capture.
buffer-size size-in-KB
Specify the size in KB for all packets.
duration seconds
Specify the run time for the capture in seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
schedule-time HH:MM:SS
Specify a time to initiate the trace dump in the following format: HH:MM:SS.
schedule-date YYYY/MM/DD
Specify a date to initiate the trace dump in the following format: YYYY/MM/DD
rotate-count num-files
Specify the number of files to rotate.
snaplength snaplength
Specify the snap length value for the trace dump. The default value is 1518. Specify 0 for a full packet capture (recommended for CIFS, MAPI, and SSL traces).
sip src-addr
Specify a comma-separated list of source IP addresses. The default setting is all IP addresses.
dip dst-addr
Specify a comma-separated list of destination IP addresses. The default setting is all IP addresses.
sport src-port
Specify a comma-separated list of source ports. The default setting is all ports.
dport dst-port
Specify a comma-separated list of destination ports. The default setting is all ports.
dot1q
Specify one of the following to filter dot1q packets:
•tagged: Capture only tagged traffic.
•untagged: Capture only untagged traffic.
•both: Capture all traffic.
Do not use the sip, dip, sport, dport and custom parameters together when using the dot1q both option. Use the tcpdump command instead to capture this information.
For detailed information about dot1q VLAN tunneling, see your networking equipment documentation.
ip6
Specify IPv6 packets for packet capture.
custom custom-param
Specify custom parameters (flags) for packet capture. You need to enclose the customer parameter in quotes if it contains more than one word.
file-size megabytes
Specify the file size of the capture in megabytes.
Usage Guidelines
You can capture and retrieve multiple TCP trace dumps. You can generate trace dumps from multiple interfaces at the same time and you can schedule a specific date and time to generate a trace dump.
Examples
The following example starts a continuous capture for a file named tcpdumpexample with a duration of 120 seconds:
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x all-interfaces capture-name tcpdumpexample continuous duration 120
The following example captures untagged traffic on destination port 7850 and ARP packets:
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x all-interfaces dot1q untagged dport 7850 custom "and arp"
The following example captures VLAN tagged traffic for host 10.11.0.6 and ARP packets:
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x all-interfaces dot1q tagged sip 10.11.0.6 custom "or arp"
The following example captures tagged ARP packets only:
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x all-interfaces dot1q tagged custom "and arp"
The following example captures untagged ARP packets only:
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x all-interfaces dot1q untagged custom "and arp"
Related Commands
tcpdump-x capture-name stop
Stops the specified TCP dump capture.
Syntax
[no] tcpdump-x capture-name capture-name stop
Parameters
capture-name
Specify the capture name to stop.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x capture-name example stop
Related Commands
tcpdump-x interfaces
Configures a comma-separated list of interfaces to capture in the background.
Syntax
[no] tcpdump-x interfaces interface-name continuous | duration seconds [schedule-time HH:MM:SS [schedule-date YYYY/MM/DD]] | [rotate-count num-files] | [snaplength snaplength] | [sip src-addr] | [dip dst-addr] | [sport src-port] [dport dst-port] | [dot1q {tagged | untagged | both}] [ip6] | [custom custom-param] | [file-size megabytes]
Parameters
interface-name
Specify a comma-separated list of interfaces: primary, aux, lan0_0, wan0_0
continuous
Start a continuous capture.
duration seconds
Specify the run time for the capture in seconds.
schedule-time HH:MM:SS
Specify a time to initiate the trace dump in the following format: HH:MM:SS
schedule-date YYYY/MM/DD
Specify a date to initiate the trace dump in the following format: YYYY/MM/DD
rotate-count num-files
Specify the number of files to rotate.
snaplength snaplength
Specify the snap length value for the trace dump. The default value is 1518. Specify 0 for a full packet capture (recommended for CIFS, MAPI, and SSL traces).
sip src-addr
Specify the source IP addresses. The default setting is all IP addresses.
dip dst-addr
Specify a comma-separated list of destination IP addresses. The default setting is all IP addresses.
sport src-port
Specify a comma-separated list of source ports. The default setting is all ports.
dport dst-port
Specify a comma-separated list of destination ports. The default setting is all ports.
dot1q
Specify one of the following to filter dot1q packets:
•tagged: Capture only tagged traffic.
•untagged: Capture only untagged traffic.
•both: Capture all traffic.
Do not use the sip, dip, sport, dport and custom parameters together when using the dot1q both option. Use the tcpdump command to capture this information.
For detailed information about dot1q VLAN tunneling, see your networking equipment documentation.
ip6
Specify IPv6 packets for packet capture.
custom custom-param
Specify custom parameters (flags) for packet capture.
file-size megabytes
Specify the file size of the capture in megabytes.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x interfaces inpath0_0 continuous
amnesiac (config) # tcpdump-x interfaces aux ip6 sip 2003::5
Related Commands
telnet-server enable
Enables you to access the CLI using telnet. This feature is disabled by default.
Syntax
[no] telnet-server enable
Usage Guidelines
You can use telnet to troubleshoot your system. It enables you to access the CLI from another system.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # telnet-server enable
Related Commands
username disable
Disables the account so that no one can log in.
Syntax
[no] username userid disable
Parameters
userid
Specify the user login: admin or monitor.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option re-enables the specified user account.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # username monitor disable
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user
username nopassword
Disables password protection for a user.
Syntax
username userid nopassword
Parameters
userid
Specify the user login: admin or monitor.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # username monitor nopassword
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user
username password
Sets the password for the specified user.
Syntax
username userid password cleartext [old-password cleartext]
Parameters
userid
Specify the user login: admin or monitor.
password cleartext
Specify the new password. The password must be at least 6 characters.
old-password cleartext
Specify the old password.
Usage Guidelines
The password is entered in cleartext format on the command line.
The old-password option allows you to check the minimum character difference between the old and new passwords under account control management.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # username admin password xyzzzZ
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user
username password 0
Sets the password for the specified user.
Syntax
username userid password 0 cleartext-password
Parameters
userid
Specify the user login: admin or monitor.
cleartext-password
Specify the password. The password must be at least 6 characters.
Usage Guidelines
The password is entered in cleartext format on the command line.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # username admin password 0 xyzzzZ
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user
username password 7
Sets the password for the specified user using the encrypted format of the password. Use this command if it becomes necessary to restore your appliance configuration, including the password.
Syntax
username userid password 7 encrypted-password
Parameters
userid
Specify the user login: admin or monitor.
encrypted-password
Specify the encrypted password. The password must be at least 6 characters.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restore your password using an encrypted version of the password. You can display the encrypted version of the password using the show running configuration command.
For example, executing username monitor password awesomepass results in the following line being added to the running configuration file:
username monitor password 7 $1$f2Azp8N8$n0oy6Y1KhCfuMo93f24ku/
If you need to restore your password in the future, you would paste:
username monitor password 7 $1$f2Azp8N8$n0oy6Y1KhCfuMo93f24ku/
in the CLI, to restore your monitor password to awesomepass.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # username admin password 7 $1$f2Azp8N8$n0oy6Y1KhCfuMo93f24ku/
Related Commands
ssh client generate identity user
web auto-logout
Sets the number of minutes before the Management Console automatically logs out the user.
Syntax
[no] web auto-logout minutes
Parameters
minutes
Specify the number of minutes before the system automatically logs out the user. The default value is 15 minutes.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the automatic log out feature.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web auto-logout 20
Related Commands
web auto-refresh timeout
Enables session timeouts on auto-refreshing report pages.
Syntax
[no] web auto-refresh timeout
Usage Guidelines
Disabling this feature keeps you logged in indefinitely on a report page that is auto-refreshing. This can be a security risk.
The no command option disables time-out.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web auto-refresh timeout
Related Commands
web enable
Enables the Management Console.
Syntax
[no] web enable
Usage Guidelines
The Management Console is enabled by default.
The no command option disables the Management Console.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web enable
Related Commands
web http enable
Enables HTTP access to the Management Console.
Syntax
[no] web http enable
Usage Guidelines
The Management Console is enabled by default.
The no command option disables the Management Console.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web http enable
Related Commands
web http port
Sets the Web port for HTTP access.
Syntax
[no] web http port port
Parameters
port
Specify the port number. The default value is 80.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option resets the Web port to the default value.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web http port 8080
Related Commands
web httpd listen enable
Restricts Web interface access to this system (that is, it enables access control and blocks requests on all the interfaces).
Syntax
[no] web httpd listen enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables Web interface restrictions.
Web interface restrictions are not available through the Management Console.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web httpd listen enable
Related Commands
web httpd listen interface
Adds an interface to the Web server access restriction list.
Syntax
[no] web httpd listen interface interface
Parameters
interface
Specify the interface: primary, aux, inpath0_0, rios_lan0_0, rios_wan0_0
Usage Guidelines
If the list of interfaces is empty, none of the interfaces respond to the queries. If the list of interfaces has at least one entry, then the server listens on that subset of interfaces.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web httpd listen interface aux
Related Commands
web httpd log-format
Changes the Web server log format (Apache httpd LogFormat).
Syntax
[no] web httpd log-format log-format-for-Apache-httpd
Parameters
log-format-for-Apache-httpd
Specify the log format arguments for Apache LogFormat. For detailed information about the Apache LogFormat arguments, see http://httpd.apache.org/docs.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables Web log-format.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web httpd log-format "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b"
Related Commands
web httpd server-header
Changes the Apache Server header line. (Apache httpd LogFormat).
Syntax
[no] web httpd server-header "Server:"-header-line
Parameters
"Server:"-header-line
Specify the log format arguments for Apache LogFormat. For detailed information about the Apache Server header line, see http://httpd.apache.org/docs.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables Web log-format.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web httpd server-header "Server:Example HTTPD Server"
Related Commands
web httpd timeout
Configures the Web server timeout period.
Syntax
[no] web httpd timeout number-of-seconds
Parameters
number-of-seconds
Specify the Web server timeout period in seconds.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables Web log-format.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web httpd log-format "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b"
Related Commands
web https enable
Enables HTTPS access to the Web-based management console.
Syntax
[no] web https enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables access to the Web-based management console.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web https enable
Related Commands
web https port
Sets the HTTPS secure Web port.
Syntax
[no] web https port port
Parameters
port
Specify the port number. The default value is 80.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables support on a secure port.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web https port 8080
Related Commands
web prefs log lines
Sets the number of lines for the system log page.
Syntax
[no] web prefs log lines number
Parameters
number
Specify the number of lines per log page.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables the number of log lines.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web prefs logs lines 10
Related Commands
web proxy host
Sets the HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.
Syntax
[no] web proxy host ip-addr [port port] [user-cred username username password password [authtype authentication-type]]
Parameters
ip-addr
Specify the IP address for the host.
port port
Specify the port for the host.
user-cred
Optionally, specify the user credentials for the autolicensing feature:
•username username: Specify the user name.
•password password: Specify the password, in cleartext format.
authtype authentication-type
Optionally, specify the authentication type:
•basic: Authenticates user credentials by requesting a valid user name and password. This is the default setting.
•digest: Provides the same functionality as basic authentication; however, digest authentication improves security because the system sends the user credentials across the network as a Message Digest 5 (MD5) hash.
•ntlm: Authenticates user credentials based on an authentication challenge and response.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the appliance to use a Web proxy to contact the Ivanti licensing portal and fetch licenses in a secure environment. You can optionally require user credentials to communicate with the Web proxy for use with the autolicensing feature. You can specify the method used to authenticate and negotiate these user credentials.
The no command option resets the Web proxy settings to the default behavior. Web proxy access is disabled by default.
RiOS supports the following proxies: Squid, Blue Coat Proxy SG, Microsoft WebSense, and McAfee Web Gateway.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web proxy host 10.1.2.1 port 1220
Related Commands
web rest-server enable
Enables the REST (REpresentational State Transfer) server.
Syntax
[no] web rest-server enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command disables the REST server.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web rest-server enable
Related Commands
web session renewal
Sets the session renewal time. This is the time before the Web session time-out. If a Web request comes in, it automatically renews the session.
Syntax
[no] web session renewal minutes
Parameters
minutes
Specify the number of minutes. The default value is 10 minutes.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option resets the session renewal time to the default value.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web session renewal 5
Related Commands
web session timeout
Sets the session time-out value. This is the amount of time the cookie is active.
Syntax
[no] web session timeout minutes
Parameters
minutes
Specify the number of minutes. The default value is 60 minutes.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option resets the session time-out to the default value.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web session timeout 120
Related Commands
web snmp-trap conf-mode enable
Enables SNMP traps in Web configure mode.
Syntax
[no] web snmp-trap conf-mode enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web snmp-trap conf-mode enable
Related Commands
web soap-server enable
Enables the Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) server.
Syntax
[no] web soap-server enable
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web soap-server enable
Related Commands
web soap-server port
Enables the Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) server port.
Syntax
[no] web soap-server port port
Parameters
port
Specify the port.
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web soap-server port 1234
Related Commands
web ssl cert generate
Generates a new SSL key and self-signed certificate.
Syntax
web ssl cert generate | [key-size 512 | 1024 | 2048] | [country string] | [email email-address] | [locality string] | [org string] | [org-unit string] | [state string] | [valid-days integer]
Parameters
key-size
Specify the key size.
country string
Specify the certificate two-letter country code. The country code can be any two-letter code, such as the ISO 3166 Country Codes, as long as the appropriate Certificate Authority can verify the code.
email email-address
Specify the email address of the contact person.
locality string
Specify the city.
org string
Specify the organization.
org-unit string
Specify the organization unit (for example, the company).
state string
Specify the state. You cannot use abbreviations.
valid-days integer
Specify how many days the certificate is valid. If you omit valid-days, the default is 2 years.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl cert generate
Related Commands
web ssl cert generate-csr
Generates a certificate signing request with current private key.
Syntax
web ssl cert generate-csr [common-name name] [country string] [email email-address] [locality string] [org string] [org-unit string] [state string]
Parameters
common-name name
Specify the common name of the certificate authority.
country string
Specify the certificate two-letter country code. The country code can be any two-letter code, such as the ISO 3166 Country Codes, as long as the appropriate Certificate Authority can verify the code.
email email-address
Specify the email address of the contact person.
locality string
Specify the city.
org string
Specify the organization.
org-unit string
Specify the organization unit (for example, the company).
state string
Specify the state. You cannot use abbreviations.
valid-days int
Specify how many days the certificate is valid. If you omit valid-days, the default is 2 years.
Usage Guidelines
This command is available on the Interceptor appliance starting in version 4.0.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl cert generate-csr
Related Commands
web ssl cert import-cert
Imports a certificate, optionally with current private key, in PEM format, and optionally a password.
Syntax
web ssl cert import-cert cert-data import-key key [password password]
Parameters
import-cert cert-data
Specify the text of the certificate file in PEM format.
import-key key
Specify the text of the private key in PEM format.
password password
Optionally, specify a password.
Usage Guidelines
If no key is specified the incoming certificate is matched with the existing private key, and accepted if the two match. A password is required if imported certificate data is encrypted.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl cert import-cert <cert-text> import-key <key-text>
Related Commands
web ssl cert import-cert-key
Imports a certificate with current private key in PEM format.
Syntax
web ssl cert import-cert-key cert-key-data [password password]
Parameters
import-cert-key cert-key-data
Specify the text of the private key and certificate file in PEM format.
[password password]
Optionally, specify a password.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl cert import-cert-key <key-text>
Related Commands
web ssl protocol sslv2
Sets the SSL v2 protocols for Apache to use.
Syntax
[no] web ssl protocol sslv2
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl protocol sslv2
Related Commands
web ssl protocol sslv3
Sets the SSL v3 protocols for Apache to use.
Syntax
[no] web ssl protocol sslv3
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl protocol sslv3
Related Commands
web ssl protocol tlsv1
Sets the SSL v1 protocols for Apache to use.
Syntax
[no] web ssl protocol tlsv1
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl protocol tlsv1
Related Commands
web ssl protocol tlsv1.1
Sets the SSL v1.1 protocols for Apache to use.
Syntax
[no] web ssl protocol tlsv1.1
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl protocol tlsv1.1
Related Commands
web ssl protocol tlsv1.2
Sets the SSL v1.2 protocols for Apache to use.
Syntax
[no] web ssl protocol tlsv1.2
Usage Guidelines
The no command option disables this setting.
Examples
amnesiac (config) # web ssl protocol tlsv1.2
Related Commands
write memory
Saves the current configuration settings to memory.
Syntax
write memory
Examples
amnesiac (config) # write memory
Related Commands
write terminal
Displays commands to recreate current running configuration.
Syntax
write terminal
Examples
amnesiac (config) # write terminal